Faculty of Dentistry Academic Calendar 2018-2019

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 179
At a glance
Powered by AI
The document provides an overview of the 2018-2019 academic calendar for the Faculty of Dentistry at the University of Toronto including sessional dates, programs offered, and academic rules and regulations.

The document outlines the dean's message, important notices, sessional dates, an overview of the faculty, programs offered including the Doctor of Dental Surgery program and graduate programs, student affairs, awards and fees, and academic rules and regulations.

The faculty offers the Doctor of Dental Surgery degree, graduate degree programs including MSc and PhD degrees, programs for internationally-trained dentists to achieve a DDS degree or receive qualifications as specialists, and residency programs in general dentistry.

 

2018‐2019 
Academic Calendar 
Faculty of Dentistry Academic Calendar
2018-2019

Table of Contents

Dean’s Message ................................................................................................................................................. 2


Important Notices .............................................................................................................................................. 3
Sessional Dates .................................................................................................................................................. 6
Overview of the Faculty ..................................................................................................................................... 8
Doctor of Dental Surgery ................................................................................................................................. 23
International Dentist Advanced Placement Program ...................................................................................... 61
Graduate Degree Programs ............................................................................................................................. 71
Residencies in General Dentistry ................................................................................................................... 133
Dental Specialty Assessment and Training Program ...................................................................................... 137
Student Affairs and Student Services............................................................................................................. 140
Awards, Financial Assistance and Fees .......................................................................................................... 145
Academic Rules and Regulations ................................................................................................................... 173

1|FA CULTY OF DENTISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018 –2 0 1 9


Dean’s Message

Welcome to the 2018 - 2019 academic year!

Drawing upon our over 140 years as leaders in dentistry teaching and innovation, the Faculty of
Dentistry at the University of Toronto is committed to building upon our strengths across research,
education, and clinical practice. With over 250 staff and faculty, and over 500 instructors, we provide
our students with the skills necessary to excel in their chosen profession.

In addition to offering DDS as well as MSc and PhD degrees, we are unique in providing graduate
programs in all 10 recognized dental specialties. We offer programs for internationally-trained dentists
to achieve a DDS degree, and for internationally trained specialists to receive their qualifications. We
are the largest dental school in Canada, graduating approximately 120 DDS students every year, with
100 MSc and 30 PhD students enrolled.

Yet, our strength as a Faculty comes not from numbers but from the passionate engagement of our
students, faculty and staff. As we provide essential health services to the wider community, and give
our students a strong academic foundation from which to develop their clinical skills, we also enrich
their learning experience through community service/outreach opportunities and extra-curricular
programming.

This academic calendar will serve as an important resource for the year ahead. More than sessional
dates and curriculum information, you will also find here helpful information on awards and financial
aid, as well as a brief introduction to our Student Services Office, led by our Faculty’s
Registrar, Samantha Freeman-Attwood, and the support provided by our Director of Student Life, Dr.
Richard Rayman. I encourage you to reach out to both the Registrar and Director of Student Life, who will
be of invaluable assistance to you during your time here. They can put you in touch with the resources
you may require – from peer mentors to on-campus support programming – and can guide you to any of
the services you may require.

Wishing you a rewarding and successful year ahead,

Daniel Haas,
Dean, Faculty of Dentistry

2|FA CULTY OF DENTISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018 –2 0 1 9


Important Notices

Changes in Programs of Study and/or Courses

The programs of study that our calendar lists and describes are available for the year(s) to which the
calendar applies. They may not necessarily be available in later years. If the University or the Faculty
must change the content of programs of study or withdraw them, all reasonable possible advance
notice and alternative instruction will be given. The University will not, however, be liable for any
loss, damages, or other expenses that such changes might cause.

For each program of study offered by the University through the Faculty, the courses necessary to
complete the minimum requirements of the program will be made available annually. We must,
however, reserve the right otherwise to change the content of courses, instructors and instructional
assignments, enrolment limitations, pre-requisites and co-requisites, grading policies, requirements for
promotion and timetables without prior notice.

Regulations and Policies

As members of the University of Toronto community, students assume certain responsibilities and are
guaranteed certain rights and freedoms.

The University has several policies that are approved by the Governing Council and which apply to all
students. Each student must become familiar with the policies. The University will assume that he or she
has done so. The rules and regulations of the Faculty are listed in this calendar. In applying to the
Faculty, the student assumes certain responsibilities to the University and the Faculty and, if admitted
and registered, shall be subject to all rules, regulations and policies cited in the calendar, as amended
from time to time.

All University policies can be found at:


http://www.governingcouncil.utoronto.ca/Governing_Council/policies.htm

Those which are of particular importance to students are:

Code of Behaviour on Academic Matters

Code of Student Conduct

University Assessment and Grading Practices Policy

Policy on Official Correspondence with Students

Standards of Professional Practice Behaviour for all Health Professional Students

More information about students’ rights and responsibilities can be found at

http://life.utoronto.ca/get-help/rights-responsibilities.htm

3|FA CULTY OF DENTISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018 –2 0 1 9


Enrolment Limitations

The University makes every reasonable effort to plan and control enrolment to ensure that all of our
students are qualified to complete the programs to which they are admitted, and to strike a practicable
balance between enrolment and available instructional resources. Sometimes such a balance cannot be
struck and the number of qualified students exceeds the instructional resources that we can reasonably
make available while at the same time maintaining the quality of instruction. In such cases, we must
reserve the right to limit enrolment in the programs, courses, or sections listed in the calendar, and to
withdraw courses or sections for which enrolment or resources are insufficient. The University will not
be liable for any loss, damages, or other expenses that such limitations or withdrawals might cause.

Copyright in Instructional Settings

If a student wishes to tape-record, photograph, video-record or otherwise reproduce lecture


presentations, course notes or other similar materials provided by instructors, he or she must obtain the
instructor’s written consent beforehand. Otherwise all such reproduction is an infringement of copyright
and is absolutely prohibited. In the case of private use by students with disabilities, the instructor’s
consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

Person I.D. (Student Number)

Each student at the University is assigned a unique identification number. The number is confidential.
The University, through the Policy on Access to Student Academic Records, strictly controls access to
Person I.D. numbers. The University assumes and expects that students will protect the confidentiality
of their Person I.D.’s.

Fees and Other Charges

The University reserves the right to alter the fees and other charges described in the calendar.

Freedom of Information and Privacy Act

The University of Toronto respects your privacy.

Personal information that you provide to the University is collected pursuant to section 2(14) of the
University of Toronto Act, 1971.

It is collected for the purpose of administering admissions, registration, academic programs, university-
related student activities, activities of student societies, safety, financial assistance and awards,
graduation and university advancement, and reporting to government.

In addition, the Ministry of Training, Colleges, and Universities has asked that we notify you of the
following: The University of Toronto is required to disclose personal information such as Ontario
Education Numbers, student characteristics and educational outcomes to the Minister of Training,
Colleges and Universities under s. 15 of the Ministry of Training, Colleges and Universities Act, R.S.O.
1990, Chapter M.19, as amended. The ministry collects this data for purposes such as planning, allocating

4|FA CULTY OF DENTISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018 –2 0 1 9


and administering public funding to colleges, universities and other post-secondary educational and
training institutions and to conduct research and analysis, including longitudinal studies, and statistical
activities conducted by or on behalf of the ministry for purposes that relate to post- secondary education
and training. Further information on how the Minister of Training, Colleges and Universities uses this
personal information is available on the ministry’s website.

At all times it will be protected in accordance with the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy
Act. If you have questions, please refer to www.http://www.fippa.utoronto.ca/ or contact the University
Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Coordinator at McMurrich Building, room 104, 12
Queen's Park Crescent West, Toronto, ON, M5S 1A8.

5|FA CULTY OF DENTISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018 –2 0 1 9


Sessional Dates

2018

August 21 Muslim Holy Day - Eid-ul-Adha


August 27 - 31 DDS I Registration and Orientation
August 28 - 31 DDS III Registration and Mandatory Clinical Orientation
August 30 - 31 DDS II Registration and Orientation
August 30 - 31 DDS IV Registration and Mandatory Clinical Orientation
Last day for receiving applications for admission to M.Sc. Programs in Dental Specialties
September 1 (Dental Anaesthesia, Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Oral
Radiology, Orthodontics and Pediatric Dentistry) and for Research beginning in 2018
September 3 LABOUR DAY (University closed)
September 4 Classes begin, clinics open - Fall Term
September 5 Year 1 M.Sc. Program in Dental Public Health begins
September 7 Last day to petition for exemptions - DDS transfer students
September 9 - 11 Jewish Holy Days - Rosh Hashanah
September 15 Graduate Student registration ends
September 18 - 19 Jewish Holy Day - Yom Kippur
September 23 - 30 Jewish Holy Day - Sukkot
Last day for receiving applications for admission to dental residencies in Toronto Teaching
September 28
Hospitals beginning in 2019
October 1 Last day for receiving applications for admission to M.Sc. program beginning January 2019
October 8 THANKSGIVING DAY (University closed)
November 9 Classes/clinics cancelled for DDS I, II, III and IV
Last day for receipt of applications for admission to the D.D.S. program beginning in
December 1
September 2019
December 10 Classes end for DDS I - IV and clinics close for DDS III (14 weeks)
December 12 - 14 Mid-Year Final Examination period for DDS I - III
December 14 Clinics close for DDS IV
December 24 - January 4, 2019 WINTER HOLIDAYS (University closed)

2019
January 7 University reopens
January 7 Classes and clinics begin for DDS I, II, III and IV and IDAPP
Last day for receiving applications for admission to the M.Sc. Programs in Dental Public
January 15
Health
January 18 Deadline to withdraw from IDAPP with refund
Research Day (all p.m. classes and clinics cancelled in all programs
February 12
beginning at 12:00 noon)
February 18 Last Day to withdraw without academic penalty for DDS I, II, III and IV
February 18 FAMILY DAY (University closed)

6|FA CULTY OF DENTISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018 –2 0 1 9


February 19 - 22 Reading Week (no classes, labs or clinics for DDS I - III and M.Sc. Programs*)
Last day for receiving applications for admission to the Dental Specialty Assessment and
March 29
Training Program beginning in 2019
April 5 Classes and clinics end for DDS III (13 weeks)
April 5 Classes and CCP clinic ends for DDS IV (13 weeks)
April 8 - May 3 Ancillary clinics and open CCP clinic sessions begin for DDS IV (4 weeks)
April 8 - May 3 Study Period/Final Examination Period for DDS III
April 15 - May 3 Oral Examination Period for DDS IV
April 19 GOOD FRIDAY (University closed)
April 19 - 27 Jewish Holy Days - Passover
April 26 Last day of classes for DDS I (16 weeks)
April 29 - May 10 Study Period/Final Examination Period for DDS I
May 3 Clinics close for DDS IV (17 weeks of clinics)
May 5 – June 4 Muslim Holy Days - Ramadan
May 6 Summer session begins for DDS III
May 17 Last day of classes for DDS II (19 weeks)
May 20 VICTORIA DAY (University closed)
Last day for receiving applications for admission to the M.Sc. Programs in Endodontics,
June 1
Periodontology and Prosthodontics for 2020.
May 21 - June 14 Study Period/Final Examination Period for DDS II
June 4 - 5 Muslim Holy Day - Eid-ul-Fitr
June 8 - 10 Jewish Holy Day - Shavuot
June 14 Last day for IDAPP (23 weeks)
July 1 CANADA DAY (University closed)
Last day for receipt of applications for admission to the IDAPP program beginning in
July 2
January 2020
July 2 - 26 Supplemental Examinations (Preclinical) - DDS I - II and IDAPP
July 8 - 12 Supplemental Examinations (Didactic) - DDS I - IV and IDAPP
July 26 Summer session ends and clinics close for DDS III (12 weeks clinic time)
August 1 Year 1 M.Sc. Programs in Oral Radiology begins
Last day for receiving applications for admission to the M.Sc. Program Oral and
August 1
Maxillofacial Surgery for 2020.
August 2 Year 1 M.Sc. Program in Endodontics begins
August 2 Year 1 M.Sc. Program in Prosthodontics begins

August 5 CIVIC HOLIDAY (University closed)

7|FA CULTY OF DENTISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018 –2 0 1 9


Overview of the Faculty

History

The Faculty of Dentistry of the University of Toronto was founded as the School of Dentistry by the Royal
College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario in 1875. Seven years earlier, in 1868, the College had been given the
dual responsibilities of licensing and dental education when the Province of Ontario, in one of its first
legislative actions, passed the "Act Respecting Dentistry."

The School began its affiliation with the University of Toronto in 1888 when it established the degree of
Doctor of Dental Surgery (D.D.S.). It was not until 1925, however, that the Royal College of Dental
Surgeons formally relinquished its teaching function in order to permit the School to become a Faculty of
the University of Toronto. At that time the College agreed that the University should conduct all
examinations and forward to the College annually the list of those candidates for the Ontario License who
had met the conditions prescribed for the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery.

The Faculty is now the largest dental school in Canada. It graduates approximately 120 qualified dentists
each year. It also educates specialists in Dental Anaesthesia, Dental Public Health, Endodontics, Oral and
Maxillofacial Surgery, Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine, Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology, Orthodontics,
Pediatric Dentistry, Periodontology and Prosthodontics, and provides future teachers of dentistry to
universities across Canada through its M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs.

The training of dental auxiliaries was for many years an important aspect of the Faculty's activities. A
program in Dental Nursing existed from the 1920s until 1960, and a diploma in Dental Hygiene was
awarded from 1952 until 1977, when it was transferred to the community colleges. Beginning in
1976/77 the Faculty offered a special degree program, the B.Sc.D. (Dental Hygiene), for a limited
number of dental hygienists who wished to prepare themselves for academic positions or administrative
responsibilities in the community colleges. This program was suspended in 2003.

In addition to its teaching function, the Faculty of Dentistry has a major commitment to dental research.
The Faculty has a long tradition of research and is now not only the foremost dental research centre in
Canada but also has established a well-earned international reputation.

Areas of research strength and future growth in the Faculty include multidisciplinary approaches in the
fields of biomaterials, connective and mineralized tissue biology, dental public health, education
research, microbiology, oral pathology and cancer, pain and neuroscience, and wound healing. Each year,
with the support of the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, a limited number of research scholarships
are available to enable students to work through the summer months in the research laboratories.
Students awarded such scholarships report the results of their work at research seminars.

8|FA CULTY OF DENTISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018 –2 0 1 9


Dentistry Library

The Dentistry Library (Room 267) is located on the second floor occupying about 700 square meters. The
library has a group study room, a large Reading Room with 95 seats and 12 study carrels provided for the
graduate students. It is formally known as The Dentistry Library of the University of Toronto and the
Harry R. Abbott Memorial Library. The Harry R. Abbott Memorial Library was established in 1925 as the
result of a bequest in memory of a graduate, the late Dr. Harry R. Abbott.

Books from both the University of Toronto and the Harry R. Abbott collections are interfiled on the
shelves and listed together in the catalogue. The combined collection contains about 30,000 books and
bound journals and DVDs. About fifty percent of the dentistry journals are also available online via the
Library’s web page. Although it is primarily a dental collection, the library also has books in medicine and
the basic sciences. In addition, the library offers a wide range of electronic databases such as Ovid
Medline, Scopus, Cochrane Library, Proquest Dissertations and Theses, and Web of Science, etc. There is
on-site Information Commons consisting of 9-networked PC’s and two laser printers, contained in two
rooms within the Library. The library has two photocopiers.

University of Toronto students and staff members may borrow from the library. Borrowing privileges are
extended under certain conditions to graduates of the Faculty and other extramural readers.

Degrees and Certificates Offered by the Faculty

The degree offered by the Faculty is:

Doctor of Dental Surgery – D.D.S.

Graduate degrees offered in collaboration with the School of Graduate Studies are:

Doctor of Philosophy – Ph.D.

Master of Science – M.Sc.

Both the Ph.D. and M.Sc. degree programs offer:

1) Research training – offered to graduates of any programs relevant to dental research

2) Research training combined with advanced dental specialty training – limited to graduates with a DDS
or equivalent degree

9|FA CULTY OF DENTISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2018 –2 0 1 9


The PhD. Program that offers research training only, may be full-time or flexible-time.

Dental graduates enrolled in 2) will be eligible for Specialty Fellowship or Board Certification in the
following programs:

Dental Anaesthesia

Dental Public Health

Endodontics

Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

Oral Pathology & Oral Medicine

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology

Orthodontics

Pediatric Dentistry

Periodontology

Prosthodontics

Detailed information concerning all the specialty programs is to be found in this Calendar in
the Graduate Programs section.

Continuing Dental Education

A number of short intensive courses of instruction for dental graduates are provided each academic
session to update knowledge of particular fields of dentistry, and to acquaint graduates with newer
methods and procedures in various clinical areas. For further information, contact the Assistant Dean,
Continuing Dental Education, Faculty of Dentistry, University of Toronto, 481 University Avenue,
Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5G 2H4. Phone – (416) 864-8100.

Website: https://www.cde-utoronto.ca

10 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Faculty Governance and Administration
Faculty of Dentistry policies are established by Faculty Council after prior consideration by one or more
of the appropriate standing committees.

Representatives from the undergraduate and graduate students are designated by the students to serve
on the Faculty Council, along with academic staff members, representatives of the part-time Instructors
in the Faculty of Dentistry, representatives of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons, and representatives
of the administrative staff.

In addition to Faculty Council, students are represented on most of the standing committees.

The administration of the Faculty is the responsibility of the Dean, assisted by the Vice Dean Education,
Vice Dean Research, Associate Dean Undergraduate Education, the Associate Dean Graduate Education,
the Assistant Dean, Director of Clinics and the Assistant Dean Administration and Chief Administrative
Officer.

Officers of the University 2018-2019

A list of officials of the University of Toronto can be found on the Governing Council website.

Officers of the Faculty of Dentistry 2018-2019

Dean and Arthur Zwingenberger Decanal Chair

Daniel Haas

Vice Dean, Education

Jim Yuan Lai

Vice Dean, Research

Bernhard Ganss

Associate Dean, Undergraduate Education

Laura Tam

Associate Dean, Graduate Education

Ernest Lam

Assistant Dean Administration and Chief Administrative Officer

Mary Choi

11 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Assistant Dean, Continuing Dental Education and Professional Relations

Robert Carroll

Assistant Dean, Director of Clinics

James Posluns

Faculty Registrar and Faculty Secretary

Samantha Freeman-Atwood

Faculty Librarian

Helen He

Director of Advancement

Selina Esteves

Director of Student Life

Richard Rayman

Endowed Chairs 2018-2019

Dempster, L., Kamienski Professorship in Dental Education Research

Finer, Y., George Zarb/Nobel Biocare Chair in Prosthodontics

Haas, D., Arthur Zwingenberger Decanal Chair

Lam, E., Dr. Lloyd and Mrs. Kay Chapman Chair in Clinical Sciences

12 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Faculty Members 2018-2019

Dean Emeriti

Mock, D.

Nikiforuk, G.

Professors Emeriti

Anderson, D.L.

Anderson, J.D.

Bennick, A.

Davey, K.W.

Ellen, R.P.

Fenton, A.H.

Fisk, R.O.

Freeman, E.

Heersche, J.N.M.

Leake, J.L.

Lewis, D.W.

Liebgott, B.

Limeback, H.

Main, J.H.P.

Mayhall, J.T.

McComb, D.

Melcher, A.H.

Pharoah, M.

Pilliar, R.M.

Ross, R.B.

13 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Sandham, H.J.

Sigal, M.

Speck, J.E.

Symington, J.M.

Titley, K.

Torneck, C.D.

Turnbull, R.S.

Watson, P.A.

Zarb, G.A.

Associate Professors Emeriti

Altuna, G.

Dao, T.

Kilmartin, C.

McComb, R.J.

Professors

Bradley, G.

Cvitkovitch, D.G.

Davies, J.E.

Deporter, D.

El-Mowafy, O.

Friedman, S.

Ganss, B.

Glogauer, M.

Haas, D.

Hinz, B.

14 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Kishen, A.

Lam, E.

Manolson, M.

Salter, M.W.

Santerre, J.P.

Seltzer, Z.

Sessle, B.J.

Suri, S.

Tam, L.E.

Tenenbaum, H.C.

Associate Professors

Azarpazhooh, A.

Basrani, B.

Birek, P.

Campbell, K.

Daskalogiannakis, I.J.

Dempster, L.J.

De Souza, G.M

El-Badrawy, W.

Finer, Y.

Goldberg, M.B.

Gong, S-G.

Kulkarni, G.V.

Lawrence, H.P.

Leong, I.T.

15 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Lévesque, C.

Metaxas, A.

Moriarty, T.J.

Nainar, S.M.H.

Prakki, A.

Quiñonez, C.R.

Simmons, C.A.

Sone, E.D.

Wilson, W.L.

Assistant Professors

Andrews, P.

Arat, F.E.

Avivi-Arber, L.

Barlow, W.R.

Blanas, N.

Burgess, K.

Canton, E.

Carneiro, K.

Cash, M.

Cherkas, P.

Chugh, D.

Chvartszaid, D.

Cioffi, I.

Cornell, D.S.

Cuddy, K.

16 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Ghilzon, R.

Husain, I.S.

Katsikeris, N.

Kestenberg, S.H.

Lança, J.

Leung, B.

MacMillan, R.

Magalhaes, M.A.

Malkhassian, G.

Mendes, V.C.

Moayedi, M.

Nkansah, P.

Ouanounou, A.

Perschbacher, S.

Rayman, R.

Rukavina, J.

Sectakof, P.

Senadheera, D.B.

Sharma, K.

Shokati, B.

Shrestha, A.

Tenn-Lyn, N.

Voronov, I.

Wong, M.

Yarascavitch, C.

17 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Assistant Professors, Teaching Stream

Caminiti, M.

Lai, J.Y.

Somogyi-Ganss, E.

Lecturers

Anderson, G.S.

Black, R.

Clarke, M.

Perschbacher, K.

Plazas-Garzon, A.

Rosenbloom, J.

Professors, Status Only

Kenny, D.J.; LeBlanc, V.; Salter, M.; Seth, A.; Stevens, B.

Associate Professors, Status Only

Casas, M.J.; Judd, P.L.; Sutherland, S.E.; Wood, R.E.

Assistant Professors, Status Only

Baghdady, M.; Barrett, E.J.; Brymer, P.A.; Carmichael, R.; Cooney, P.V.; Cowan, D.; Dagys, A.; Fefergrad, I.;
Garisto, G; Jenkins, J.; Lam, D.; Maxymiw, W.G.; Peel, S.A.F.; Singhal, S.; Santos, G.

Adjunct Professors

Aslanyan, G.; Gerrow, J.; Rashid, F.; Sharma, P.; Vujicic, M.

Instructors in Dentistry 2018-2019

P. Abbey; G. Abbodi; M. Abdallah; M. Abu Ruja; I. Abualreesh; S. Abuklam; J. Adam; A. Adams; J. Adinata;
F. Afonso; M. Aharon; M. Ahmed; K. Aiken; A. Alamri; ~H. Albaghdadi; V. Aldana; C. Alexander; A.
Alhussain; A. Ali; G. Alizadeh; P. Alkumru; ~M. Al Mardini; G. Altuna; S. Amaro; ~J. Andrea; S. Andrews; N.
Applebaum; E. Aras; ~L. Arenson; K. Arora; Y. Arudchelvan; K. Ashoo; R. Assai; R. Baaj; P. Bahrami; ~M.
Baig; L. Bajcer; A. Baker; E. Baker; N. Baldan; G. Barrie; I. Barzilay; M. Bayliss; S. Bazos; V. Behzadian; C.

18 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Bellamy; P. Bellingham; H. Berenstein; F. Berger; D. Bernhard; P. Bevilacqua; A. Bhalla; V. Bhide; D. Bikey;
S. Bilko; S. Bilko; D. Biner; C. Binert-Miller; J. Blackmore; N. Blanas; B. Bohluli; B. Borins; A. Bottner; V.
Boyden; J. Bozek; P. Branco; H. Branicky; ~P. Brooks; J. Brown; S. Brown; V. Browne; P. Brymer; G.
Bucciarelli; K. Calzonetti; J. Campbell; P. Carnevale; ~M.C. Caro; A. Carvalho; ~M. Cascone; G. Ceci; ~J.
Chadwick; T. Chahal; E. Chan; I. Chang; J. Chang; R. Chang; B. Chapnick; L. Chapnick; P. Chapnick; S.
Chemmanam; ~L. Chan; ~A. Chen; Y.-S. Chiu; J. Cho; L. Chohan; Y.-S. Choi; M.-Y. Chou; J. Chow; S. Chow; A.
Chung; K. Chung; S. Chung; ~S. Chung; D. Clark; A. Coburn; M. Cohen; S. Cohen; ~M. Colaiacovo; C.
Consky; P. Copp; S. Corber; P. Countryman; D. Cowan; J. Cruz-Clow; R. Cunang; I. Cumandra; M.
Dabuleanu; M. Daemi; A. Dagys; X. Dai; S. Daneshdoost; K. Danielak; K. Dann; M. Darvishan; K. Dave; L.
David; J. Davis; J. Decoste; M. Deemar; A. DeFilippo; R. Del Zotto; A. Delcore; H. Deman; F. Der; G.
Deshpande; G. Dimitrijevic; S. Dimitry; E. Dimovski; V. Dirlis; T. D’Onofrio; N. D'Souza; G. Duviner; S.
Dwosh; ~E. Ebrahimi; J. Ebrahimi; A. Ebrahimpour; D. Eickmeier; A. El Hadary; A. El Haddad; S. Emam; L.
Emami; R. Eng; S. Eslambolchi; I. Ezergailes; J. Farber; ~D. Farkouh; N. Farsi; A. Fatemi; J. Fava; C. Favot; R.
Fayad; B. Feldman; A. Fenton; E. Filice; E. Fishbein; J. Fitzgerald; M. Florence; J. Foster; ~R. Fratkin; B.
Freeman; ~M. Freidman; ~M. Freilich; J. Friedlich; K. Fung; C. Galler; S. Gangbar; ~J. Garbedian; R. Garcha;
E. Garofalo; E. Geisler; J. Geller; T. Gheorge; A. Ghindea; M. Ghotbi; D. Gibbs; ~M. Gilbert; J. Gillanders; R.
Gilles; B. Girard; B. Gitnick; G. Glassman; J. Glick; ~M. Goodman; J. Gordon; L. Grant; D. Greenberg; ~E.
Grodecki; H. Grubisa; C. Gruson; R. Gutierrez; M. Haas; E. Habsha; ~A. Haddad; S. Hacherian; J. Halkiotis;
~E. Haltrecht; N. Hanna; V. Hardy; M. Hausmanis; M. Hemsworth; K. Hershenfield; S. Hershenfield; J.
Hickman; L. Hill; R. Hillis; A. Hiltz; S. Ho; H. Hoang; ~H. Holmes; P. Hong; S. Honnabovi; B. Hood; A. Hsu;
~M.C. Hsu; D. Humphrey; K. Ing; P. Ioannidis; L. Iorio; G. Ip; B. Isaac; L. Isaac; D. Isakow; A. Jack; L. Jacob;
M. Jacob; G. Jacobson; F. Jaffer; S. Jaffer; C. Jakubowski; T. Jasim; J. Jenkins; D. Jeong; N. Jeyapalan; M.
Joseph; S. Joshi; F. Kalamut; D. Kalossikos; A. Kaplan; A. Katchky; A. Katchky; C. Kay; S. Kay; J. Kellerstein;
N. Kemp; ~S. Kemp; J. Kermalli; ~T. Kertesz; ~A. Khadivi; V. Khadivi; S. Kherani; S. Khoshnevis-Rad; C.
Kilmartin; B. Kim; N. Kim; P. Kimos; E. Kiss; ~H. Kleib; S.P. Klimitz; J. Knoll; C. Ko-Adams; I. Kodsi; D. Kojic; T.
Kokosis; M. Kolivaris; R. Kreher; R. Krishan; G. Krishnamoorthy; D. Krmec; S. Lalani; C. Laliberte; ~J. Lam; K.
Lamptey; B. Lands; ~M. Lashuk; R. Lawson; P. Le; I. Leb; K. Lederman; D. Lee; D. Lee; E. Lee; G. Lee; J. Lee;
~K. Lee; ~K. Lee; K. Lee; K. Lee; B. Leung; D. Leung; R. Leung; H. Levant; D. Levin; J. Levitt; R. Lewis; P.
Lichtblau; B. Liebgott; K. Lim; B. Lin; ~D. Lin; M. Lin; S. Linardi; S. Lipton; E. Lissia; R. Listrom; L. Lo; J. Lok;
~J. Macdonald; L. MacDonald; J. Madras; M. Maggisano; H. Mahdi; A. Mair; J. Malowany; J. Manchanda; Z.
Manji; A. Mansouri; J. Mantzoris; M. Marashdeh; ~N. Marchese; R. Marcus; S. Markic; S. Markin; J. Marko;
C. Martine; I. Martino; R. Martins; ~S. Masse; A. Massoud; G. Mayer; M. Mazariegos; A. McDow; L.J.
McTague; ~T. Meisami; C. Meneses; ~J. Metcalfe; V. Milich; M. Milligan; F. Mirmohammadali; L.
Missulawin; S. Mitri; ~V. Mittal; P. Model; M. Mohsen; A. Moncarz; V. Moncarz; I. Montes Hussey; F.
Montis; ~A. Moosani; I. Moriera; R. Motakef; A. Mousavifar; H. Munroe; S. Murray; K. Nagai; H. Nagani; A.
Najafi; Z. Najirad; N. Nargaski; N. Nasiri Khajeh; P. Nasirzadeh; ~S. Naslenas; R. Nasser; N. Naurato; E.
Nemeth; S. Newman; C. Ng; T. Nguyen; V. Nguyen; D. Nilforoushan; ~I. Nish; D. Nixon; ~J. Noble; J. Ong; C.
Oprescu-Havriliuc; G. Organ; J. Oxner; E. Paomees; M. Park; S. Park; P. Patel; S. Patel; S. Patodia; M.
Patrician; ~M. Pavone; D. Paz; G. Pearson; M. Pellos; J. Perlus; A. Persadmehr; N. Pershad; M. Pharoah;
~J.H. Phillips; P. Piccininni; K. Pius; A. Plaitis; A. Podorieszach; F. Pomposo; C. Pop; D. Powell; B. Price; ~D.
Pstuka; ~W. Pulver; M. Pus; B. Pynn; G. Quan; E. Raimondo; M. Raina; ~L. Raley; N. Ramiz; P. Rashnoo; ~E.
Reinish; S. Richmond; J. Rifkind; B. Rittenberg; M. Rizk; A. Romain; P.A. Romano; H. Rosenberg; M. Ross;

19 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
M. Rotella; K. Roth; L. Rucels; L. Sadeghinejad; M. Safa; H. Sakarya; A. Salsberg; N. Sanci; S. Sanei; G. Sas;
K. Schafer; T. Schipper; ~R. Schlosser; A. Schmitt; R. Schure; M. Schwartz; L. Schwartzben; ~D. Segal; P.
Sekhon; S. Sekhon; E. Selnes; B. Sener; K. Serota; A. Seth; ~N. Shapera; S. Shariat; R. Sharif; B. Sharma; K.
Shaw; M. Shelegey; A. Shelemay; E. Shem-Tov; J. Shieh; W. Shim; S. Shnier; A. Shojaei; ~P. Sikorski; S.
Silverman; R. Simon; F. Simone; S. Singh; S. Singhal; G. Siu; L.A. Smart; H. Smith; A. So; A. Soetikno; A.
Sokolowski; M. Soliman; O. Soliman; G. Solomon; ~P. Son; M. Sood; T. Sosath; B. Stanley; V.F. Stavro; H.
Steiman; ~K. Stevens; A.J. Stokl; S. Strauss; P. Stulginski; V. Sugarman; M. Sultan; ~S. Sutherland; I.
Suwwan; S. Syed; O. Symington; K. Szainwald; ~P. Ta; M. Tang; M. Taskov; J. Tawil; E. Tehrani; W. Teo; R.
Termei; H. Thang; T. Thang; H. Tile; M. Tirgari; L. Tobis; J.L. Tomkins; B. Tompson; J. Train; C. Tremblay; A.
Tsui; W. Turner; O. Usman; S. Vallipuram; V. Varathan; A. Varghese; R. Varshney; M. Varshosaz; R.
Varughese; S. Vasilakos; V. Vassandracoumara; R. Vasudeva; ~B. Vendittelli; M. Venditti; E. Venerus; J.
Versloot; E. Vlassova; V. Vora; J. Voudouris; T. Voutsas; S. Waese; R. Walker; S. Walsh; B. Waters; ~E.
Watson; B. Waxman; M. Weerasinghe; S. Weinberg; M. Weinstein; A. Weisblatt; F. Weizenberg; L. West; J.
Wiles; P. Williams; K. Wolch; ~Y. Woloszczuk; A. Wong; E. Wong; G. Wong; I. Xu; M. Yakub; L. Yang; L.
Yanover; S. Yeh; S. Yeh; ~W. Yili; A. Yu; M. Zaitoon; M. Zakeri; Q.H.M.S. Zaman; M. Zanjir; J. Zarb; S.
Zarrabian; ~K. Zettle; M. Ziedenberg; N. Zinman; V. Zogala; P. Zung
~Status only

Affiliated Teaching Hospitals

St. Michael’s Hospital Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre

Baycrest Health Sciences University Health Network

Hospital for Sick Children Holland Bloorview Kids Rehabilitation Hospital

Mount Sinai Hospital

A. Bruce Hord Master Teacher Awards

1985-86
Dr. B. Leibgott
Dr. M. Gelfand

1986-87
Dr. D.G. Woodside
Dr. L. Koutsaris

1987-88
Dr. J. Krupanszky

1988-89
Dr. E.R. Young
Dr. S. Golden

20 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
1989-90
Dr. A. Metaxas
Dr. N. Katsikeris

1990-91
Dr. D. Haas

1991-92
Not awarded

1992-93
Dr. G.A. Zarb
Ms. D. Hennyey

1993-94
Not awarded

1994-95
Dr. P. Birek
Dr. R. Sutherland

1995-96
Not awarded

1996-97
Dr. J. Brown

1997-1999
Not awarded

1999-2000
Dr. D. Haas
Dr. A. Dale

2000-2001
Dr. R. S. Turnbull
Dr. I. Barzilay

2001-2002
Dr. Ghassan Yared
Ms. Linda McKay

2002-2003
Dr. D. Locker
Dr. A. Mazzulli

2003-2004
Dr. M. Pharoah
Dr. L. Chapnick

21 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
2004-2005
Dr. L. Tam
Dr. T. Dinh

2005-2006
Dr. C. Kilmartin
Dr. J.L. Tomkins

2006-2007
Dr. K. Titley
Ms. D. Hennyey

2007-2008
Dr. M. Sigal
Dr. J. Rukavina

2008-2011
Not awarded

2011-2012
Dr. C. Quiñonez
Dr. S. Bazos
Dr. W. Wilson

2012-2013
Dr. A. Prakki
Dr. G. Anderson

2013-2014
Dr. A. Azarpazhooh
Dr. J. Rosenbloom

2014-2015
Dr. R. Diwan
Dr. A. Ouanounou

2015-2016
Dr. R. M. Jones
Dr. G. Malkhassian

2016-2017
Dr. Vanessa Mendes
Dr. Peter Model

2017-2018
Dr. Greg Anderson
Dr. Anthony Joseph Stokl

22 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Doctor of Dental Surgery

Note: The regulations in the Academic Rules and Regulations section of this Calendar apply to students in
the D.D.S. program.

Admission Information
The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is the degree to which a candidate is admitted upon the
completion of undergraduate education in Dentistry. It is recognized by dental licensing boards as
evidence of graduation, although it does not of itself confer the right to practice Dentistry (See section on
Certificate of Registration for Dental Practice in this Calendar.) Dental education is designed to unify the
basic and clinical sciences, as it is believed that scientific and professional development cannot be sharply
differentiated, but should proceed concurrently throughout the dental program.

Admission Requirements

To be eligible for admission into the dentistry program applicants must:

 Applicants must have completed three years of university education (i.e. at least 15 full year
courses or equivalent) by end of May 2019.

 Complete the following five prerequisite courses by end of May 2019:

a) One full course (or two half courses) in general biochemistry. This course should cover
protein chemistry and the chemistry of other biomolecules, cellular metabolism and
molecular biology.

b) One full course (or two half courses) in general mammalian (human or animal)
physiology. This course should cover the following systems: musculoskeletal system;
haemostasis mechanisms; haematopoietic system; nervous system; immune system;
cardiovascular system; renal physiology; neurophysiology; endocrinology and
gastrointestinal physiology.

c) Two additional full courses (or four half year courses) in Life Sciences (For example -
anatomy, biochemistry, biology, botany, genetics, immunology, microbiology, molecular
genetics/biology, neuroscience, nutritional sciences, pharmacology, toxicology,
physiology, zoology.)

d) One full course (or two half courses) in a Humanities or Social Science (For example -
Humanities: anthropology, art history, classics, East Asian studies, English, history,
languages, music, Near and Middle Eastern studies, philosophy. Social Sciences:
anthropology, economics, geography, management, political science, religious studies,
sociology.)

 Achieve a minimum overall grade point average of 3.0 (4.0 scale) for all university work. A grade
point average of 3.0 (4.0 scale) at the time of application does not, however guarantee selection.
It should be noted that in the last several years, the minimum GPA for those interviewed was
3.85* (4.0 scale).

23 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
*Note that courses taken in the academic year, during the proposed year of entry will not be
included in the calculation of the applicant's cumulative GPA. Any offer of admission, however,
will be contingent upon the successful applicant maintaining an annual GPA of at least 3.0 (4.0
scale) for the current academic year.

*The worst academic year will be dropped from the calculation of an applicant's
undergraduate cumulative grade point average provided that (a) the applicant has completed
four or more years of university education by May 31st of the proposed year of entry, and (b)
the year with the lowest grades is not the applicant's most recently completed year of study.

 Applicants who are currently completing a graduate program must complete all the
requirements of their graduate program including thesis defense by June 30th each year.

 Write either the Canadian or American Dental Aptitude Test (DAT) and arrange for the test
results to be forwarded to the Admissions Office. The Academic Average (AA) and Perceptual
Ability Test (PAT) scores are part of the admission process. We do not require applicants to
complete the Manual Dexterity (MDT) section of the DAT exam. The DAT must have been taken
within the last 24 months at the time of submission of your application. For applicants who have
written the DAT exam more than once we will use the highest set of DAT scores. To register for
the DAT contact:

The Dental Aptitude Test Program


Canadian Dental Association
1815 Alta Vista Drive
Ottawa, ON K1G 3Y6
Telephone: (613) 523-1770
Email: [email protected]
Web site: www.cda-adc.ca

Dental Admission Testing Program


American Dental Association
211 East Chicago Avenue, Suite 600
Chicago, IL 60611, USA
Telephone: (800) 232-1694
Email: [email protected]
Web site: http://www.ada.org/en/education-careers/dental-admission-test

 As English is the primary language of instruction and communication at the University of


Toronto, applicants must demonstrate an adequate level of proficiency in English, regardless of
their citizenship status or country of origin. Applicants from universities outside Canada where
English is not the primary language of instruction must provide results of an English language
proficiency examination as part of their application. Tests must have been taken within the last
2 years at the time of submission of their application. Acceptable proof of English facility must
be submitted by the application deadline (December 1). Official test scores must be sent by the
testing agency directly to the University of Toronto. Our institution code is 0982. The following
tests are recognized:

24 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
a) Test of English as a Foreign (TOEFL): The Minimum requirement is TOEFL PBT - total
score 600 + 5.0 on TWE and for TOEFL IBT - total score 100 + 22 on Writing.
b) Michigan English Language Assessment Battery (MELAB): The minimum
requirement is an overall score of 85, with no part below 80.
c) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) Academic Module: The
minimum requirement is an overall band of 6.5, with no band below 6.0.
d) The Certificate of Proficiency in English (COPE): The minimum requirement is an
overall score of 86, with 32 in Writing and 22 in each of the Reading and Listening
sections.
e) Academic Preparation ESL, School of Continuing Studies, University of Toronto: The
minimum requirement is a grade of 'B' at the 60/Advanced level.

How To Apply

To apply to the dental program you must complete the online application form from the Faculty of
Dentistry web site at: www.dentistry.utoronto.ca. In addition the following documents must be
received by the December 1st application deadline:

 Non-refundable application service fee of $ 275.00 CDN payable to the University of Toronto.
Payment may be made by credit card, or money order. We do not accept personal checks or cash.
 Proof of citizenship (if applicable), i.e. Canadian citizenship or permanent resident status (photocopy
only). This document can be mailed directly, faxed to: (416) 979-4944 or sent via e-mail to:
[email protected].
 Official transcripts of all previous university and other post-secondary education.* Transcripts must
be sent to the Admissions office directly from the issuing institution in a sealed envelope. University
of Toronto students applying to the dentistry program do not need to send in their official University
of Toronto transcripts. We will download them from ROSI.

*Applicants seeking admission on the basis of official documents that are in a language other than
English must submit photocopies of their original documents attached to notarized English
translations. In addition, applicants must submit a detailed outline of all courses successfully
completed in their university program and arrange for an official transcript to be forwarded directly
to the Admissions Office from the institution(s) attended by the application deadline.

 Official DAT score report. Applicants must request original DAT scores to be sent to the Admissions
Office directly from the CDA or ADA.
 Proof of English facility (if applicable) sent directly by the testing agency to the University of Toronto.
 Letter of extenuating circumstances (if applicable) to assist in the assessment of your qualifications.
This letter should not exceed 750 words.

International students are eligible to apply to the dentistry program.

Admission documents need to be mailed to the following address:

Admissions Office
Faculty of Dentistry
124 Edward Street, Room 104
Toronto, ON M5G1G6

25 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Interviews

By early January each year shortlisted applicants will be invited for an interview and a tour of the Faculty
of Dentistry based on their potential as shown by their academic achievement and DAT scores. Those not
invited for interviews will be informed at this time as well. The interviews are held on one weekend in
February each year.

Selection and Notification of Applicants

The selection of applicants is made by the Undergraduate Admission Committee that reports directly to
the Council of the Faculty of Dentistry. The criteria for selection are established by the Undergraduate
Admission Committee and approved by Faculty Council. Final offers for admission to the DDS program will
be made to selected members of this group of interviewed applicants and will be based upon academic
achievement, DAT scores and the results of the interview process. In making its decisions the Committee
takes all of this information into consideration. By early March, interviewed applicants will be notified by
e-mail of the decision made by the Committee with respect to their application.

The decision of the Faculty of Dentistry concerning admission into the Doctor of Dental Surgery is final. No
appeal mechanism exists.

A $2000.00 (CDN) non-refundable deposit will be required from each applicant granted admission. It will
be applied to the fees providing he/she registers.

Indigenous Peoples

The Faculty of Dentistry welcomes applications from indigenous peoples (Métis, Status Aboriginal,
Non- Status Aboriginal, and Inuit) in recognition of their under-representation in the profession and of
the unique contribution that trained members of this group can make. Applications from qualified
persons of aboriginal ancestry will receive special consideration for admission.

The Wilson G. Harron Award for Aboriginal Students is available to assist a limited number of students
with the financial expenses associated with their dental education.

Applicants who have completed more than one undergraduate University Degree

The Faculty of Dentistry will only consider the most recent undergraduate program of study for all
applicants who have completed more than one undergraduate university degree. As well, the worst
academic year will be dropped from the calculation of an applicant’s cumulative grade point average
provided that (a) the applicant has completed four or more years of university education by May 31st of
the proposed year of entry, and (b) the year with the lowest grades is not the applicant’s most recently
completed year of study.

Applicants with a Communicable Disease

All Faculty of Dentistry students are expected to be in a state of health such that they may participate in
the academic program, including patient care, without posing a risk to themselves or to others. Students
with a communicable disease may pursue their studies only as long as their continued involvement does
not pose a health or safety hazard to themselves or others. Such a health or safety hazard, if protracted,
may preclude them from participation in clinical work essential to the satisfactory completion of their
program of study. The health status of all students shall remain confidential. Registration status for HBV

26 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Carriers remains CONDITIONAL until the Expert Panel on Infectious Diseases reviews their case.

Applicants who have failed in previous University Education

Applicants who on two occasions have failed to secure the right to advance to a higher year in their
university education and/or who have failed any dental program will normally be refused admission.

Domestic Transfer Requests

Canadian citizens or permanent residents currently enrolled in an accredited Canadian or U.S. Dental
School who wish to transfer to the Faculty of Dentistry at the University of Toronto will be considered
for admission, SPACE PERMITTING, into second year (not third or fourth year). Applicants must meet all
academic and English facility requirements for admission into first year. In addition, dental program
equivalency with the D.D.S. program at the University of Toronto must be established. Applicants
enrolled in Dental Schools where the curriculum is not sufficiently equivalent to allow for direct entry
into second year at the University of Toronto are not eligible for transfer consideration. Requests for
transfer must be received by the application deadline of June 28, 2019. Documentation must include
course descriptions for all dental courses completed by the end of the current academic year.
Applicants should be aware that the number of second-year places, if any, varies annually and in most
years no spaces are available

International Transfer Requests

International applicants currently enrolled in a foreign Dental School who wish to transfer to the Faculty
of Dentistry at the University of Toronto must meet all academic and English facility requirements for
admission into first year. Normally, successful applicants would be admitted into the first year of the
D.D.S. program, although applicants with appropriate qualifications may be considered for admission
into second year (not third or fourth year), SPACE PERMITTING. Applicants enrolled in Dental Schools
where the curriculum is not sufficiently equivalent to allow for direct entry into second year at the
University of Toronto are not eligible for admission consideration into second year. Applicants who are
not successful in their international transfer request and who still wish to be considered for admission in
to the first year of the program must apply directly for admission into the first year. The deadline to
apply to the first year of the DDS program is December 1, 2018. Requests for transfer must be received
by the application deadline of June 28, 2019. Documentation must include course descriptions for all
dental courses completed by the end of the current academic year. Applicants should be aware that the
number of second-year places, if any, varies annually and in most years no spaces are available.

Counselling

All incoming students will have the opportunity of orientation counselling to discuss student services,
financial assistance, enrolment procedures, housing and other concerns. Appointments may be arranged
through the Admissions Office.

Admission Deposit

A $2000 CDN non-refundable deposit will be required from each applicant granted admission. It will be
applied to the fees providing he/she registers.

Regulations Governing the Doctor of Dental Surgery Degree Program

27 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
1. Registration

Detailed instructions concerning Registration will be mailed to returning and newly admitted students
before the beginning of each academic year.

On Registration Day, each student must register in person with the Faculty Registrar at the Dental
Building. Students are reminded that payment of at least the first installment of their fees to the
University Fees Department is an essential part of the registration procedure. Any fees owing from a
previous year must be paid before a student will be allowed to register.

A student who fails to register at the appointed time will be required to pay a Late Registration fee of
$44 plus $5 for every additional day. Faculty Council may at its discretion refuse a student permission to
register late.

Students who have been registered previously in the Faculty and who have successfully obtained
standing in all courses in the preceding year are expected to register in person the following session
without preliminary application, unless they notify the Faculty Registrar to the contrary.

2. Student Cards

Students are issued with a permanent U of T Student Smartcard, which serves for the duration of their
studies at the University of Toronto. This T-Card provides student identification for academic purposes,
student activities and student services; it also serves as a library card and, by its ability to store cash
value, can be used to purchase photocopies, computer printing, snacks and beverages at select locations
on U of T campuses. The loss of the Student Card must be reported promptly to the Student Services
Office, and the card must be surrendered if a student withdraws from the University or transfers to
another Faculty.

3. First Aid Course and CPR

Students registering in 1st year are required to obtain certification of satisfactory completion of (a) a
Canadian Red Cross Society or St. John Ambulance course in First Aid (or its equivalent) and (b) a CPR
Basic Rescuer course before they may register in first year of the D.D.S. program. The CPR course must
have been completed within the past two years. All students must present evidence of recertification in
the CPR Basic Rescuer course by the last day of classes in 4th year. Certificates verifying completion of
such courses must be submitted to the Student Services Office by the last day of classes in the 4th year
of the program. The Faculty of Dentistry does not offer instruction in these courses as part of the D.D.S.
program.

4. Courses

Students will take all courses and examinations of the program at the times set by the Faculty and under
the direction of the Faculty staff. Credit for courses taken elsewhere will only be given as explained in the
section entitled Exemptions.

The courses of the curriculum are divided into two categories—didactic and clinical. Didactic includes all
lectures and some laboratories and preclinical courses. Clinical comprises the preclinical laboratory
courses of First and Second Years (Restorative Dentistry, Biomaterials, Orthodontics, Pediatric Dentistry
and Prosthodontics) and all clinical work in Third and Fourth Years.

28 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
All courses involving technical procedures must be completed in the Faculty laboratories under the
direction of the staff in accordance with the regulations laid down by the programs concerned.

5. The University of Toronto Interprofessional Education (IPE) Curriculum/ Program

Interprofessional Education (IPE)occurs when students from two or more professions learn about,
from and each other to enable effective collaboration and improve health outcomes. Dental students
interact with ten other health professional programs (medical radiation sciences, medicine, nursing,
occupational therapy, pharmacy, physician’s assistants, kinesiology and physical education, physical
therapy, social work and speech-language pathology) in mandatory and elective activities focused on
the development of specific values and core competencies. The knowledge, skills, behaviours and
attitudes developed through the IPE curriculum/program will enable students to provide collaborative
patient/client-centered care in an interprofessional context.
The mandatory learning activities are:
1) Teamwork: Your Future in Healthcare
2) Digital Professionalism: Social Media in Healthcare
3) Conflict in Interprofessional Life
4) Roles of Health Professions
5) Case-Based: Pain Curriculum
6) IPE Component in a Clinical Placement
7) 2 electives of the student’s choice

Dentistry

Successful completion of two elective learning activities (any colour) is required across the four year
program.

6. Attendance and Absences

The Faculty of Dentistry monitors all absences from the Faculty. It is expected that all students will be in
attendance during the entire academic school year. Attendance at lectures, clinics and laboratories may
be considered by program or course directors in the evaluation of a student's performance. Unavoidable
absence must be reported promptly to the Student Services Office. Students must not permit
appointments with patients to conflict with lectures, laboratory classes or demonstration clinics.

All clinical absences must normally be made up. However, for those students who have sessions to make
up it is important to note that due to the limited number of chairs available in the Clinics, preference will
be given to those students completing assignments and core competencies. For significant absences
from the Faculty it may not be possible to make up missed sessions within the same academic year.
In order to obtain standing in a preclinical or clinical course a student must have attended
a minimum of 95% of the scheduled sessions in each academic year.

Medical absences:

 All medical absences to be reported to Student Services.


Absences of three or more consecutive days require completion of a medical certificate which
can be picked up at the Student Services Office and must be completed by the student's

29 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
physician and returned to the Student Services Office.
Planned absences:

 All planned absences to be reported to Student Services.


 Any planned extended absence of three or more consecutive days must be requested in writing at
least two weeks in advance of the scheduled absence.
 Requests to be submitted to the Student Services Office for approval by the Undergraduate
Petitions Committee.

Residency interviews:

 All planned absences to be reported to Student Services.


 Any planned absence of three or more consecutive days must be requested in writing, normally at
least two weeks in advance of the scheduled absence and include where and when the interview
is to take place.
 Requests to be submitted to the Student Services Office for approval by the Undergraduate
Petitions Committee.
 Residency interviews cannot conflict with scheduled term tests.

If the request for Faculty absence (planned or residency) is denied, it is important to note that if a
student is then absent, 5% per unapproved absence per preclinical/clinical half-day assignment will be
deducted from the student’s final grade and students will be required to make up all missed half-day
assignments.

7. Suspension

A student whose work or conduct is judged by Faculty Council to be unsatisfactory may be suspended
for a period not exceeding two years, or may be refused further registration in the Faculty.
8. Private Practice External to the Faculty or Clinics Associated with the Faculty

No student shall, while registered in the Faculty of Dentistry and associated with a program of study or
enrolled in a course therein, engage in the practice of dentistry or provide dental treatment (whether or
not for financial or other remuneration) except in clinics supervised by the Faculty or with the prior
permission of the Faculty.

9. Exemptions

To avoid repetition in courses that students have completed satisfactorily before entering the Faculty,
an exemption policy has been developed. When an exemption in a course is granted, the student is not
required to attend any part of the course and the student does not receive a grade in the course.
Rather, the academic record shows XMP in that course.

Students are permitted multiple exemptions. To be eligible for exemption, the course(s) previously taken
(i.e., before first registration in the Faculty) must have been completed (a) with at least a grade of A and
(b) within four years of the date of the request for exemption. Partial exemption is not granted in any
course.

Requests for exemption from First Year courses will be initiated by students at the time they are
admitted and should be sent to the Student Services Office. For courses in higher years, requests should
be submitted to the Student Services Office at the time of registration. All requests must be submitted

30 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
by the first Friday of the Fall Term. Requests will be reviewed in accordance with the above Faculty
guidelines in consultation with the departments concerned. Students will be notified of the results of
their requests as soon as possible. Until they are officially notified by the Faculty Registrar, students
should attend all the meetings of the course(s) concerned.

10. Standing

Faculty Council annually approves a list of subjects and clinical requirements for each year of the D.D.S.
program in which students must obtain standing in order to advance to a higher year or to graduate.
Generally, students promoted to final year will graduate, but the time taken to graduate may be
variable. Standing is obtained following final examination and the satisfactory completion of all clinical
assignments.

After the Methods of Evaluation have been made known, the instructor may not change them or their
relative weight without the consent of a simple majority of the students enrolled in the course.

Students who miss a final examination due to documented illness or other special circumstance, or who
fail an examination due to illness or other circumstances during the examination, may petition to (1)
receive aggregate standing or (2) write the examination during the supplemental examination period.

11. Aggregate Standing

Aggregate standing is seldom granted and no student may receive aggregate standing on more than
one occasion. Aggregate standing is never granted in the final year.

12. Supplemental Examinations

Clinical courses in Third and Fourth Years do not have supplemental privileges, except for the Clinical
Comprehensive Care Program oral and written examinations. For all other courses, students who fail a
course have the privilege of a supplemental examination. A supplemental examination is defined as a
special examination for students who have failed a course, and is graded "Pass" or "Fail".
Students are permitted no more than two supplemental examinations in any one academic year.

13. Consequences of Failure to Obtain Standing

Students who fail to obtain standing, either by having failed more than two subjects or by having failed a
clinical course other than the Clinical Comprehensive Care Program examinations or by having failed one
or more supplemental examinations, (other than the Clinical Comprehensive Care Program supplemental
examination in which case Section 14 applies), before advancing to the next year or graduating, will be
required to repeat all courses of the failed year that have a preclinical or clinical component regardless of
the achievement level, as well as those courses in which the student did not receive a grade of A- in the
first attempt.

Any student who fails on two occasions to receive the right to advance to a higher year or to graduate
shall be refused further registration in the Faculty.

14. Consequences of Failure to Pass the Clinical Comprehensive Care Program Oral and/or Didactic
Supplemental Examinations

For any student who fails the supplemental oral and/or written examinations for the Comprehensive
Care Program (courses DEN450Y and DEN451Y), a remedial course of instruction for the student will be

31 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
provided with selected members of the academic staff. The student will be permitted to take another
supplemental oral and/or written examination(s) when judged to be sufficiently prepared. The remedial
course may include a requirement to maintain clinical proficiency, or may be as extensive as repeating
fourth year in full.

Examinations

15. Term Tests

Term tests may be held in any course at the discretion of the instructor or by order of Faculty Council,
and the results of such tests will be incorporated with those of the final examinations. The relative
weight of tests in each course is published in the "Methods of Course Evaluation" distributed to
students at registration.

Students who are absent from term tests due to illness or other extenuating circumstances are required
to submit a medical certificate or other satisfactory evidence to the Faculty Registrar. The course di-
rector will inform the student concerning the action that will be taken with respect to the missed term
test. If the student is not satisfied with this action he or she may see the Faculty Registrar about
submitting a petition.

In courses where no final examination is scheduled, or which extend longer than one academic year, the
department concerned may require students who have not performed satisfactorily in their term work,
which may include tests, to pass a special examination. This special examination will be considered as a
final examination for the purposes of obtaining standing and will carry supplemental privileges.

16. Eligibility for Final Examinations

A student whose term work in a course is unsatisfactory may be prevented by Faculty Council from
writing the final examination in that course. Similarly, any fourth year student who fails to meet the
minimum clinical requirements and/or fails the clinical competency tests for any Clinical Comprehensive
Care Program clinical discipline, may be prevented by Faculty Council from taking the Clinical
Comprehensive Care Program Final Oral and/or written examination until the minimum clinical
requirements and competencies have been met to a satisfactory standard.

17. Final Examinations

All examinations conducted formally under divisional auspices will have a presiding officer for the
conduct of the examination and has authority over all invigilators.
When the evaluation of the student's performance in a course includes a final examination, that
examination will be worth at least one-third of the final grade. Students can ascertain which courses
require final examinations by consulting the "Methods of Course Evaluation", distributed at registration.

In addition to single course examinations (which may be held separately or together with other courses
as "composite" examinations, with each course marked separately), the Faculty may also conduct
"comprehensive" examinations where a paper is set and marked in a combination of two or more
courses and a single grade is given. A comprehensive examination counts as a single course so far as
failures are concerned.

Any illegible examination paper will receive a failing grade.

32 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
18. Missed Examinations

Any student absent from a final or supplemental examination for reasons beyond his or her control, may
petition for consideration by the Faculty. Such a petition must be filed with the Faculty Registrar on or
before the last day of the relevant examination period, together with a medical certificate (see #6 in this
section) and/or any other relevant documentary evidence as appropriate. If a final or supplemental
examination is missed, it must be written as soon as possible after the regularly scheduled examination
period or supplemental examination period, as the case may be. Only under unusual circumstances will
petitions to write examinations outside designated final or supplemental examination periods be
accepted. If such a petition is denied or if a student misses a final or supplemental examination and does
not petition for consideration within the stated time, the student will be recorded as having failed the
course, although in the case of a final (i.e. not a supplemental) examination, supplemental privileges will
be retained.

19. Supplemental Examinations

Students required to write supplemental examinations or to take supplemental evaluations must do so


at the appointed time, unless Council has granted prior permission for alternative arrangements.
Candidates are required to complete the application form, and submit the appropriate fee to the
Student Services Office by the deadline date. Council reserves the right to reject applications of those
failing to comply with these requirements.

Supplemental examinations and evaluations are held at the Faculty. In special circumstances the Faculty
will, upon written request, endeavor to arrange for supplemental examinations for a First, Second or
Third Year student to be written at another university. Students wishing to take advantage of this must
undertake to defray the extra expense involved and, to allow time for the arrangements to be made,
must present their written requests to the Faculty Registrar at least five weeks before such
examinations.

20. Student Access to Examination Papers

After the issue of final results and within six months of the final examination period, students may
request from the Student Services Office photocopies of their final examination answer papers for a fee
of $13 per paper. If, upon inspection of this, students wish to have the paper re-read, they must set
down the reasons in detail and petition through the Faculty Registrar within six months after the final
examination period. A $13 fee is charged for a petition to recalculate a grade and a $36 fee is charged to
reread an examination. Such a petition will be granted only when it contains specific instances of
disagreement with the existing grading and an indication of the academic grounds for such disagreement.
Only if the revised mark is higher than the original mark as a result of this petition, the $36 fee will be
refunded.

Students should note that when an examination is failed, it is re-read before the marks are reported,
and instructors may not subsequently re-read any final examination except on the authority of a
petition. Students must also accept the fact that any recheck or re-reading may lead to a lowering of
the mark, or to a raising of the mark, or no change.

33 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
21. Evaluation

The Faculty of Dentistry adheres to the University Assessment and Grading Practices Policy. The
substance of this policy as it relates to the Faculty of Dentistry is outlined in the sections below, and is
followed by reference to the policy website in Section 8.

22. Methods of Evaluation

Student performance in any course will normally be assessed by means of more than one evaluation
element, and no one element will have inordinate value in the assessment. The University's Governing
Council has granted the Faculty exemption from this general rule for a small number of courses.

The names of the courses in which standing must be obtained, the methods by which they will be
evaluated and the relative weight of these methods will be made available to students at the beginning
of each academic year in the document entitled "Methods of Course Evaluation".

After the methods of evaluation have been made known, the instructor may not change them or their
relative weight without the consent of a simple majority of the students enrolled in the course.

23. Preclinical Evaluation

Students must be judged by the department to be competent in the preclinical component


of the department's program before being permitted to proceed to patient care in that
program.

24. Clinical Evaluation

Evaluations of the clinical work of students are made by clinical staff of the Faculty. Grades in
clinical courses are derived (a) from the day-to-day performance values obtained in each clinical
program and (b) from the written assessments of the staff. Overall clinical performance is
monitored throughout Third and Fourth Year and students will be notified if their performance is
inadequate. If at any point during the year, the clinical work of a Third or Fourth Year student is
judged by a course director or department head to be unsatisfactory, that student may be
temporarily suspended from treating patients and given remedial preclinical work until he or she
has regained the standard of clinical skills necessary for the treatment of patients. Failure to
improve performance to a satisfactory level by the date specified by the clinical departments will
prevent a student from being promoted to Fourth Year or from graduating.

34 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
25. Grading

The following grading scale is normally used in the D.D.S. program.

Didactic, Preclinical and Clinical Courses


Percentage Letter Grade Grade Point Value Grade Definition
90-100 A+ 4.0 Excellent
85-89 A 4.0 Excellent
80-84 A- 3.7 Excellent
77-79 B+ 3.3 Good
73-76 B 3.0 Good
70-72 B- 2.7 Good
67-69 C+ 2.3 Adequate
63-66 C 2.0 Adequate
60-62 C- 1.7 Adequate
0-59 F 0.0 Failure
60-100 P 0.0 Pass*
0-59 FL 0.0 Failure*
* of a supplemental exam
Designators and other non-grade symbols, which may be used in reporting course results, are
shown below.

CR/NCR = Credit, No Credit. CR or NCR is assigned to a few courses. The grades CR and NCR have no
numerical equivalence and are not included in the calculation of Session Averages.

XMP = Exempt. XMP is assigned by a divisional committee upon approval of a student’s petition. It
carries credit for the course but is not considered for averaging purposes.

NGA = No Grade Available. NGA is assigned by the division in the extraordinary case that a grade is not
available for one of its students enrolled in a course. It must be replaced by a regular grade assigned by
the instructor or by another symbol assigned during the divisional review. It carries no credit for the
course and is not considered for averaging purposes.

INC = Incomplete. INC is assigned by the instructor or divisional committee, normally as a final report,
where course work is not completed but where there are no grounds for assigning a failing grade. It
carries no credit for the course and is not considered for averaging purposes.

WDR = Withdrawn without academic penalty. WDR is assigned by the divisional review committee upon
approval of a student’s petition for late withdrawal from a course. It carries no credit for the course and is
not considered for averaging purposes.

35 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
The passing mark in all courses and components of courses is 60% (grade C-). The manner in which marks
from term work and final examinations are combined to obtain the final letter grade can be seen in the
document “Methods of Course Evaluation.” At the end of each term, the grades received for that term
can be retrieved by the student from R.O.S.I. (Repository of Student Information) on the University of
Toronto's website.

26. Grade Point Average

The Grade Point Average is the weighted sum of the grade points earned (weighted by the credits
assigned to each course), divided by the total number of credits for the courses in which grade points
were earned. Courses with a grade of CR, NCR, XMP, NGA, INC, WDR, P and FL will not be included in
determining the average; i.e., the result of a supplemental examination will not be included in
determining the GPA but the original failing grade will be. The Sessional GPA is based on the courses
taken in a single session while the cumulative GPA takes into account all courses taken for degree credit
in the Faculty.

27. Graduating with Honours

Honours standing will be awarded to students with a final cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or
greater.

28. Liability of the University

The University will not be responsible for, and the student will indemnify the University and the Faculty
against claims for any losses or damages resulting from the provision of dental care or treatment by a
student which has not been authorized and supervised by the Faculty.

Registration Certificate for Dental Practice

A degree in Dentistry does not, in itself, confer the right to practice dentistry in any part of Canada. To
acquire this right a university graduate in dentistry must hold the certificate of the dental regulatory
body of the province in which he or she elects to engage in practice. Each provincial regulatory body
determines what the matriculation and professional requirements shall be and when registration is to
be effected.

In each of the provinces of Canada, the Legislature has enacted laws regulating the practice of dentistry,
and in each province the dental act provides for a corporate body, which grants certificates of
registration/licenses to practice dentistry within that province.

Certificate of Registration to practice in Ontario

A candidate desiring to practice dentistry in Ontario should consult the Registrar, Royal College of Dental
Surgeons of Ontario, 6 Crescent Road, Fifth Floor, Toronto, Ontario M4W 1T1 (416) 961-6555.

36 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
License to practice in other provinces of Canada

A candidate who desires to acquire the right to practice in Canada elsewhere than in the province of
Ontario should obtain information regarding the requirements for practice in the province concerned. A
list of the officials follows:

Alberta: Registrar, Alberta Dental Association, 8230-105th Street, Suite 101, Edmonton, Alta., T6E 5H9,
(780) 432-1012
British Columbia: Registrar, College of Dental Surgeons of British Columbia, 1765 West 8th Avenue, Suite
500, Vancouver, B.C., V6J 5C6, (604) 736-3621
Manitoba: Registrar, Manitoba Dental Association, 698 Corydon Avenue, Suite 103, Winnipeg,
Manitoba, R3M 0X9, (204) 988-5300
New Brunswick: Registrar, New Brunswick Dental Society, 520 rue King Street, Carleton Place #820, P. O.
Box 488, Station "A", Fredericton, N. B. E3B 4Z9, (506) 452-8575
Newfoundland: Registrar, Newfoundland Dental Board, 6th Floor, The Fortis Building, 139 Water Street,
St John's, Nfld., A1C 1B2, (709) 579-2391
Nova Scotia: Registrar, Provincial Dental Board of Nova Scotia, Ste 102, 1559 Brunswick St., Halifax, Nova
Scotia, B3J 2G1, (902) 420-0083
Nunavut: Registrar, P.O. Box 390, Kugluktuk, NU X0B 0E0, Tel: (867) 982-7668.
Prince Edward Island: Registrar, Dental Council of P.E.I., 184 Belvedere Avenue, Charlottetown, P.E.I.,
CIA 2Z1, (902) 628-8088
Quebec: Directeur general et Secretaire, Ordre des dentistes du Quebec, 625, Boulevard Rene Levesque
Ouest, 15e Etage, Montreal, Quebec H3B 1R2, (514) 875-8511
Saskatchewan: Registrar, College of Dental Surgeons of Saskatchewan, 728 Spadina Cres. East, Suite 202,
Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, S7K 4H7, (306) 244-5072
North West Territories: Registrar, Professional Licensing, Government of the North West Territories,
Health and Social Services, 8th Floor, Centre Square Tower, P.O. Box 1320, Yellowknife, N.W.T., X1A 2L9,
(867) 920-8058
Yukon: Manager of Consumer Services, Consumer and Commercial Services, Department of Justice, P.O.
Box 2703, J-6, Whitehorse, Yukon, Y1A 2C6, (867) 667-5111.

License to practice elsewhere than Canada

A candidate who desires to acquire the right to practice elsewhere than Canada should obtain
information regarding the requirements for practice from the dental authorities in the country in which
he or she wishes to practice.

The National Dental Examining Board of Canada

Current undergraduates of the Faculty are entitled to receive the Board's Certificate provided they have
successfully completed the written examination and the Objective Structured Clinical Examination
(OSCE). An application, together with the prescribed fee, must be submitted by the application deadline.
Information and application forms will be provided to Fourth Year students during the Fall session.

Further information may be obtained by writing to the Registrar of the NDEB at 80 Elgin Street, 2nd
Floor, Ottawa, ON K1P 4R2, (613) 236-5912.

37 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
CURRICULUM 2018-2019

FIRST YEAR
Course No. Course Title Lecture Seminar Laboratory Clinic Total Course
Hours Hours Hours Hours Hours Weights
DEN103Y1 Dental Public Health I 28 0 0 28 0.25
DEN106Y1 Gross Anatomy 71 0 114 185 1.25
DEN109H1 Histology 42 0 38 80 0.50
DEN113Y1 Preventive Dentistry 34 0 0 34 0.25
DEN118H1 Dental Anatomy and Occlusion 30.5 0 60.5 91 0.50
DEN121H1 Biological Basis of Oral Health/Disease 30 0 0 30 0.50
DEN124Y1 Microbiology 50 7 8 65 0.50
DEN130H1 Restorative Dentistry (Didactic) 48 0 0 48 0.50
DEN150Y1 Biomaterials Science 26 0 82 108 0.75
DEN177H1 Prosthodontics 15 0 49 64 0.50
DEN180H1 Restorative Dentistry (Preclinical) 0 0 79.5 79.5 0.50
DEN199Y1 Intro to Comprehensive Care Program I 41 0 163.5 204.5 Pass/Fail
Total Hours 415.5 7 431 163.5 1017 6.25

SECOND YEAR
Course No. Course Title Lecture Seminar Laboratory Clinic Total Course
Hours Hours Hours Hours Hours Weights
DEN200H1 Anaesthesia 14 0 0 5 19 0.25
DEN202H1 Communication Skills 0 6 0 0 6 Pass/Fail
DEN203H1 Basic Disease Mechanisms 41 28 0 0 69 0.50
DEN207H1 Dental Public Health II 25 15 0 0 40 0.25
DEN208H1 Endodontics 30.5 0 54 0 84.5 0.50
DEN211Y1 Periodontics 36 0 0 0 36 0.25
DEN212Y1 Pharmacology 44 40 0 0 84 0.75
DEN215H1 Preventive Dentistry & Clinical Nutrition 21 11 0 0 32 0.25
DEN217Y1 Oral and Maxillofacial 14 2 0 5 21 0.25
Radiology
DEN218Y1 Restorative Dentistry (Didactic) 64 0 0 0 64 0.75
DEN219H1 Medicine and Pathology 21 0 0 0 21 0.25
DEN222H1 Orthodontics * 16 28 0 28 72 0.50
DEN223H1 Pediatric Dentistry 14 0 19.5 0 33.5 0.25
DEN249H1 Ethics, Professionalism, Law I 1.5 10** 0 0 10 Pass/Fail
DEN277Y1 Prosthodontics 34 0 116 0 150 1.00
DEN280Y1 Restorative Dentistry (Clinical) 0 0 168.5 0 168.5 0.75
DEN299Y1 CCP II – Prev. & Perio. Services 40 0 0 96 136 Pass/Fail
Total Hours 422 118 358 134 1040.5 6.5

* Clinic Hours include Clinical Preventive Dentistry


** On-line course

38 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
THIRD YEAR
Course No. Course Title Lecture Seminar Laboratory Clinic Total Course
Hours Hours Hours Hours Hours Weights
DEN301H1 Anaesthesia 14 0 0 3 17 0.25
DEN303H1 Endodontics 14 0 0 0 14 0.25
DEN308Y1 Dental Public Health III 18 0 0 0 18 0.25
DEN315Y1 Oral Medicine and Pathology 54 14 14 0 82 0.75
DEN317Y1 Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology 14 0 0 38.5 52.5 0.75
DEN318Y1 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 33 2.5 0 20 55.5 0.50
DEN322Y1 Orthodontics (Didactic) 28.5 0 0 0 28.5 0.25
DEN323Y1 Pediatric Dentistry (Didactic) 24 0 0 0 24 0.25
DEN324Y1 Periodontics (Didactic) 13 0 0 0 13 0.25
DEN327H1 Pharmacology 21 0 0 0 21 0.25
DEN333Y1 Prosthodontics (Didactic) 16 0 0 0 16 0.25
DEN336Y1 Restorative Dentistry (Didactic) 11.5 0 0 0 11.5 0.25
DEN349H1 Ethics, Professionalism, Law II 1.5 10** 0 0 10 Pass/Fail
CCP III - Intro Treat. Plan./Total Patient
DEN350Y1 Care 16.5 0 0 543 559.5 Pass/Fail

DEN356Y1 Oral Diagnosis and Oral Medicine 17 15.5 0 79 111.5 1.00


DEN365Y1 Orthodontics (Clinical) 0 0 0 55 55 0.50
DEN371Y1 Periodontics (Clinical) 0 0 75 75 0.75
DEN374Y1 Preventive Dentistry 10 10 * * 20 0.25
DEN380Y1 Restorative Dentistry (Clinical) 0 0 83 83 0.75
DEN409Y1 Practice Administration 40.5 0 0 0 40.5 0.00
Total Hours 346.5 42 14 896.5 1307.5 7.5

The Third Year class follows the usual academic year until the end of classes in early April for Third Year. The class then
continues for the final examinations and for work in the clinics with the year ending in late June.
** On-line course

FOURTH YEAR
Course No. Course Title Lecture Seminar Laboratory Clinic Total Course
Hours Hours Hours Hours Hours Weights
DEN400H1 Anaesthesia 0 0 0 6 6 Pass/Fail
DEN409Y1 Practice Administration 25.5 0 0 0 25.5 0.25
DEN410H1 Orofacial Pain: Mechanisms, Diagnosis 27.75 0 0 0 27.75 Pass/Fail
and Management***
Clinical Application of Practice
DEN411Y1 Administration 0 0 0 * 0 Pass/Fail
DEN449H1 Ethics, Professionalism, Law III 0.5 3 0 0 3.5 Pass/Fail
DEN450Y1 CCP IV - Comprehensive Care Program 0 10 0 387 397 1.75
DEN451Y1 CCP IV - Comprehensive Care (didactic) 24.5 2.5 0 0 27 0.50
DEN453Y1 Endodontics 12 0 0 98 110 1.00
DEN456Y1 Oral Diagnosis & Oral Medicine 0 0 0 97.5 97.5 1.00
DEN459Y1 Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology 0 0 0 17.5 17.5 0.25
DEN462Y1 Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery 14 0 0 62.5 76.5 0.75
DEN465Y1 Orthodontics 13 0 0 30 43 0.50
DEN468Y1 Pediatric Dentistry 0 0 0 80 80 0.75
DEN471Y1 Periodontics 0 0 0 75 75 0.75
DEN474Y1 Preventive Dentistry 0 0 0 * 0 0.25
DEN477Y1 Prosthodontics 14 0 0 75 89 1.00
DEN480Y1 Restorative Dentistry 9 0 0 75 84 0.75
DEN490Y1 Community Based Service Learning 0 0 0 * 0 Pass/Fail
DEN491Y1 Dental Outreach Community Services 0 0 0 * 0 Pass/Fail
DEN492Y1 Dental Outreach Global Services 0 0 0 * 0 Pass/Fail
DEN493H1 Princess Margaret Hospital Clinic Rotation 0 0 0 * 0 Pass/Fail
Total Hours 152.25 45 0 1003.5 1200.75 9.75

* Clinical Practice includes all aspects of clinical practice. No accurate division into specific disciplines is feasible.

39 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
** Includes Hospital Assignments (20 hours)
*** On-line course
Note: For the D.D.S. program, the first digit indicates the year of the course, the next two digits indicate whether the course is didactic (0-
49) or clinical (50-99), the letter indicates the course length (H, half year or Y, full year). The final digit indicates all courses
are given on the St. George campus of the University of Toronto. Some courses are given over two years and the grade is assigned at
the course end.

Course Descriptions: Doctor of Dental Surgery

First Year

The dental course is designed to unify the fundamental sciences and dental studies, as it is
believed that scientific and professional development cannot be sharply differentiated, but
should proceed concurrently throughout the entire dental course.

In the first year the student is taught many of the basic science courses which are the foundation
for clinical dentistry. In these courses every opportunity is taken to introduce dentally relevant
material. At the same time the student is introduced to some of the broader concepts of the
practice of dentistry. An important aspect of this first year is the student's introduction to dental
materials and the technical aspects of restorative dentistry. In these courses particular attention is
paid to evaluating digital skills so that students with potential problems in this area can be
identified.

DEN103Y1 Dental Public Health I

The first year curriculum in Dental Public Health I consists of four modules. The modules are
designed to provide the context and scientific support for an evidence-based approach to
improving the
population’s oral health.

MODULE I: EPIDEMIOLOGICAL METHODS

This module provides students with an understanding of the scientific methods in the study of
health and disease. Students will learn: the epidemiological approach and logic of
epidemiological enquiry; descriptive, analytic and experimental epidemiological designs and
their strengths and weaknesses; measures of risk; and common flaws in epidemiological
studies.
MODULE II: EPIDEMIOLOGY OF ORAL DISEASES

In this module, students will cover the epidemiology of dental caries, periodontal disease, oral
cancer, and orofacial diseases, including risk factors that point to individual and population level
preventive strategies. Measures of oral diseases and oral health-related quality of life will also
be addressed.

MODULE III: DETERMINANTS OF HEALTH AND POPULATION HEALTH STRATEGIES

This module will develop the student’s understanding of current concepts of health and the significance
of health outcomes in clinical practice and the broader social and environmental factors that impact on
the health of individuals and populations.
MODULE IV: CURRENT ISSUES IN ORAL HEALTH CARE

40 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Although society has established health professions and delegated its health care to them, issues
continue to arise between society and the profession. This module explores the nature of these issues
from both society’s expectations and the profession’s perspective. The specific topics vary from year to
year and guest lecturers who have special insights often provide the lectures in this module.

C. QUIÑONEZ, STAFF

DEN106Y1 Gross Anatomy

This course is designed to provide an understanding of the gross structure and function of all human
body systems, including basic embryological content, neuroanatomy and systems anatomy. In addition, a
comprehensive, detailed study of the head, neck and central nervous system is undertaken to provide
the student with a basis upon which to build his/her clinical knowledge. Students will be required to
perform a basic dissection of the thorax and a comprehensive dissection of the neck and head in order to
complement and reinforce the lecture series.

J.LAPRADE, V. MENDES, STAFF

DEN109H1 Histology

The course provides an overview of the microscopic anatomy of the human body with special emphasis
on the development and structure of the oral cavity and its components. There is a basic introduction to
the tissue types, followed by a detailed study of the microscopic structure of the oral cavity, and
individual organ systems. The main objective of the course is to examine and recognize the cells and
tissues through microscopic examination, and to correlate the morphology to the function of tissues and
organs. The lectures are complemented with computer-based laboratory sessions utilizing an online
virtual slide box.

D. CHUGH, STAFF

DEN113Y1 Preventive Dentistry

This course provides an introduction to concepts related to preventive dentistry. Lectures will
introduce the identification of risk factors for dental diseases as well as evidence-based interventions
and strategies for prevention. Group presentations will allow students to apply and demonstrate
preventive strategies to cases.

M. CLARKE, STAFF

DEN118H1 Dental Anatomy and Occlusion

This course is designated to teach the students: (1) Tooth notation (2) the internal and external anatomy
of the deciduous and permanent teeth, (3) the chronology of dental eruption, (4) evolution of molar
tooth, (5) genetic and environmental factors that influence teeth morphology, (6) dental anatomy and
restorative dentistry, (7) development and description of primary occlusion, (8) development of early
adult occlusion, (9) fundamental principles of static and dynamic occlusion, and (10) malocclusion.

A. PRAKKI , G. ANDERSON, , STAFF

41 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN121Y1 Biological Basis of Oral Health and Disease

This comprehensive course is designed to provide the preclinical student a broad-based understanding of
the basic biological and physiological processes related to the healthy and diseased states of the oral
cavity, including the dentitions.

The first set of lectures explores the physiology of oral-facial functions, particularly those associated with
pain and touch, taste, chewing, swallowing, respiration, related motor activities, oral-facial
microcirculations and development of speech and language.

The second series of lectures deals with the genetics, formation, composition, metabolism, development,
repair and regeneration of hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity. The physiology of saliva production, its
composition and the microbial ecology of oral biofilms, as they relate to oral diseases and their
prevention, are introduced. The continuum of changes from birth to senescence that occur in the oral
cavity and their impact on dental treatment are presented in a series of lectures. Concepts related to the
psychological importance of the oral cavity in overall health and the psycho-physiological correlates of
the oral cavity are discussed. These lectures are complemented by laboratory sessions in Oral
Biochemistry. References and course content are available to students on Blackboard.

G. KULKARNI, STAFF

DEN124Y1 Microbiology

The course covers basic, pathogenic and oral microbiology and immunology. Its objective is to provide
the dental student with an understanding of bacterial, viral and fungal microorganisms and of their
interactions with the human host in health and disease. Emphasis is placed on (1) diseases with oral and
facial manifestations, (2) diseases influencing the planning and performance of dental treatment for
patients, and (3) diseases of major public health importance. Special emphasis is placed on the
microbiological and immunological etiology of dental caries and periodontal disease. Course Sections:
(1) Introduction to biosafety and basics of bacteriology and immunology; (2) Microbiology of the oral
cavity, periodontal disease, caries, orofacial and oral fungal infections; (3) Virology; (4) Medical
microbiology.

T.J. MORIARTY, STAFF

DEN130H1/DEN180H1 Restorative Dentistry

These courses in restorative dentistry begin early in January. The course starts with an introduction to
the dental caries disease, its diagnosis, classification, etiology and clinical implications. The students are
also introduced to the basic principles in the treatment of dental caries by restorative means. The
principles of cavity preparation are related to the physical properties of the restorative material and to
the anatomy and histology of the dental tissues. The relationship between restorative procedures and
prevention of further disease is stressed.
Lectures on instrumentation, cavity preparation and restoration are supplemented by group instruction in
the laboratory. Practice in developing digital dexterity in cavity preparation and restoration is provided by
preclinical exercises on ivorine teeth in a manikin head for clinical simulation.

G.M. DE SOUZA, STAFF

42 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN150Y1 Biomaterials Science

The objective of this course is to provide fundamental knowledge of materials science required to
understand the scientific basis for selection, preparation and use of dental materials. The lectures
include knowledge from various fields such as metallurgy, engineering mechanics, ceramics, polymer
science and chemical engineering. The laboratory program provides direct exposure to various classes
of dental materials. In the laboratory the relationship of manipulation variables to microstructure,
mechanical properties, bio-stability and clinical performance is emphasized.

B. SHOKATI, STAFF

DEN177H1 Prosthodontics

Prosthodontics is a clinical program focused on alleviating the needs of patients with acquired loss or
congenital absence of oral tissues by improving function, comfort and appearance using suitable
artificial substitutes made from alloplastic materials. Some of the fundamentals taught in the 1st year
basic sciences courses will be reinforced by contextualizing these to particular elements of
prosthodontic practice. The student will also learn how to complete a limited number of selected
clinical and laboratory procedures employed when treating patients with edentate jaws using
conventional or implant prostheses. Students use preclinical manikin simulation in projects to
appreciate and develop their skills in edentulous and implant impressions, jaw registrations, tooth
shade and mold selection, and custom tooth arrangements of a complete maxillary denture and an
implant supported mandibular overdenture. The teaching format includes lectures and seminars,
complemented with practical demonstrations followed by laboratory and clinical exercises.

B. SHOKATI, STAFF

DEN199Y Comprehensive Care 1 – Preclinical Skills

The Comprehensive Care Program 1 (CCP1) course provides the student with an introduction to clinical
practice, basic concepts and methodologies for assessing oral health status. This preclinical course
involves lectures and clinical sessions where students practice on their student partners. The course
involves 3 components:

Component 1: Lectures will introduce basic skills and concepts to prepare students for practical clinical
sessions.

Component 2: Clinical sessions will allow students to practice assessment skills on patient simulators
and on student partners. Student operators will practice on assigned student partners to learn basic
preclinical skills. Clinical experiences include: practicing the Faculty’s infection control standards, basic
oral health indices, rubber cup polishing, topical fluoride and oral self-care instruction sessions.
Students will practice basic record keeping and documentation using electronic technology.

Component 3: Dental assisting rotations with upper year students in various clinics provide
opportunities to practice clinical protocols, assist with procedures and observe patient management
skills.

M. CLARKE, STAFF

43 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Second Year

In Second Year the student's education in the basic sciences is completed and more emphasis occurs on
the study of dental disease and its treatment. Combined teaching in the practical arts of dentistry occurs
in this year.

DEN200H1 Anaesthesia

The courses in anaesthesia extend from second through the third and fourth dental years. They cover
aspects of pain control and patient management in order to provide the dental student with the
knowledge and skills needed to treat the conscious patient without pain or apprehension. The
objectives of the course in second year are to provide the students with in-depth pharmacologic
knowledge of the local anaesthetic solutions used in dentistry, as well as the ability to administer
these drugs and achieve profound regional anaesthesia. The course is roughly divided into two parts.
The first part of the course discusses specific injection techniques covering all forms of intra-oral
anaesthesia for dentistry in the mandible and maxilla, as well as possible complications, and the
required armamentarium. Students then practice some of these injection techniques on each other in
a clinical setting. The second part of the course provides an in-depth discussion of the pharmacology
of local anaesthetics.

P. NKANSAH, STAFF

DEN202H1 Communication Skills

In addition to knowledge and technical skills, effective communication is essential to the dentist-patient
relationship and quality patient care. In this course students will have the opportunity to practice their
communication skills in simulated scenarios using standardized patents. Cases are designed to depict
commonly encountered issues found in clinical practice. The objective is to provide dental students with
experience dealing with a variety of patient situations that require effective communication skills,
including the ability to clearly and concisely articulate information to patients and the use of active
listening skills, to successfully gather and impart information, handle patients’ emotions sensitively, and
to demonstrate empathy, rapport, professionalism, and ethical awareness. This is a credit/ non-credit
based course.

L. DEMPSTER, STAFF

DEN203H1 Basic Disease Mechanisms

The course instructs second year students in the general principles of pathology, emphasizing
pathogenetic and morphological aspects of disease. The course serves as an introduction to general and
systemic pathology, and includes an overview of the etiology, pathogenesis, clinical features, gross and
microscopic pathology of major disease processes. Basic concepts that are covered include cell injury
and adaptation, cell death, inflammation and repair, the immune response, hemostasis, and neoplasia.
Systemic pathology, as it relates to dentistry, will also be studied, including hematopathology and
diseases of the skin, bone/joint, and gastrointestinal tract.
The lectures are complemented with computer-based seminar sessions utilizing an online virtual slide
box.

D. CHUGH, STAFF

44 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN207H1 Dental Public Health II

This course will demonstrate the scientific basis for clinical decision-making in prognosis, causation,
diagnosis and therapy following the principles of evidence-based health care. Examples from the dental
literature are used to illustrate the concepts and their practical application. Besides didactic lectures,
there will be several supervised small group tutorial sessions through which, the students will further
develop evidence-based thinking and critical analysis of the literature. The specific objectives of the
course are: 1) to introduce principles of epidemiology as applied to clinical research; 2) to provide the
students with the fundamental scientific skills in clinical epidemiology to enable them to practice
evidence-based dental care; 3) to provide the students with skills in answering questions using
biomedical literature; 4) to provide students with the skills needed to critically appraise a biomedical
research article.

A. AZARPAZHOOH, STAFF

DEN208H1 Endodontics

This course offers the student didactic and preclinical experiences designed to establish the student’s basic
knowledge of the nature, the diagnosis and the treatment of pulpal and periapical disease. The didactic
and preclinical courses are given during the winter and spring terms.
The didactic component commences with an overview of the endodontic disease and associated
therapies. Later it provides more comprehensive review of the Pulpal and periapical physiology, pathology
and diagnosis of healthy and diseased endodontium. A portion of the course is dedicated to the
understanding, prevention and treatment of the Endodontic emergencies and Traumatic injuries of the
teeth. The preclinical component is mostly directed towards preparing the student to perform basic
clinical endodontic procedures prior to entering the clinics in third year.

G. MALKHASSIAN, STAFF

DEN211Y1 Periodontics

The principal objective of the full program in periodontics is to educate and prepare general practitioners
of dentistry to serve the universal public need of prevention, recognition and comprehensive diagnosis
and treatment of periodontal diseases. In conjunction with Comprehensive Care Program II – Preventive
and Periodontal Services (DEN299Y), this course commences in-depth education in periodontics, building
on the conceptual foundations established in the first year programs in basic sciences, dental public
health and preventive dentistry. The program integrates didactic, preclinical and clinical elements aiming
to achieve detailed understanding of the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and approaches to therapy for the
more common types of periodontal conditions. The didactic element centers on periodontal pathology,
etiology, classification of periodontal diseases, fundamentals of clinical decision-making, and treatment
of inflammation.

J. LAI, STAFF

DEN212Y1 Pharmacology

The objective of this course is to provide students with an integrated knowledge of the mechanism of
action of drugs based on the understanding of systems physiology, pathology and relevance to clinical
practice. Upon completion of the course the students should have an understanding of general

45 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
principles as well as the pharmacology and therapeutics of all categories of drugs. There is a greater
emphasis on agents commonly used in dentistry. The major topics covered include principles of
pharmacokinetics (i.e., what the body does to drugs), and pharmacodynamics (i.e., mechanisms of drug
action), autonomics, analgesics, anti-infectives, general anaesthetics, respiratory, cardiovascular,
endocrine and central nervous systems, among others. Clinically relevant case studies are included and
students work in small groups. This course provides the basis for the third year pharmacology course
which focuses on therapeutics of direct importance to dental management

J. LANÇA, STAFF

DEN215H1 Preventive Dentistry

This course is designed in a lecture and seminar format to provide the understanding of the concepts of
preventive dentistry focusing on the prevention of oral diseases. This course will provide strategies to
identify those at risk and to discuss treatment options available to reduce the risk of dental disease
throughout life. Students will be able to introduce therapies that are known to reduce the risk and prevent
dental caries, periodontal disease or oral cancer. Also, practical application of healthy eating principles
with an emphasis on prevention of dental disease will be reviewed. We will also discuss preventative care
for the medically compromised and geriatric patients.

A. OUANOUNOU, STAFF

DEN217Y1 Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology

Lectures and seminars introduce the student to the principles of radiation physics and hygiene, biology,
radiographic imaging modalities, technique and the interpretation of normal anatomy and its variations,
including common diseases affecting the teeth and jaws. Clinical sessions provide students with the
opportunity to learn and practice intra-oral imaging techniques incorporating infection control protocol,
utilizing the two digital imaging systems (CMOS and PSP receptors). Radiographic interpretation is
introduced reinforcing lecture material.

M. CASH, STAFF

DEN218Y1/280Y1 Restorative Dentistry

The objective of this course is to prepare students for clinical practice in third and fourth years. Students
are taught the principles, which govern the need for initial and retreatment restorative therapy, the
criteria for long-term clinical acceptability and the reasons for restorative failure. The principles and
methods for restoring teeth to structural, functional and aesthetic acceptability are presented in lectures
and laboratory demonstrations.

The course is divided into three modules. The fall term is devoted to restorative therapy requiring direct
restorative methods. The winter term involves preparations for laboratory-fabricated restorations. The
spring term module has two components: restoration of the endodontically treated tooth and cariology.
The cariology section features treatment of simulated carious lesions on ivorine teeth and actual caries on
extracted teeth. Emphasis is given to the diagnosis of initial and recurrent caries, provision of conservative
restorative therapy and the decision making process related to replacement therapy. All pre-clincal
treatment sessions utilize ivorine and natural tooth typodonts in phantom heads specially designed to
simulate the clinical condition.

46 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Upon completion of the course students should possess the appropriate theoretical and practical
knowledge and have developed the manual expertise to provide patients with the majority of single tooth
restorative services required in modern dental practice.

W. EL-BADRAWY, STAFF

DEN219H1 Medicine and Pathology

The course is designed to provide basic knowledge of common medical conditions, reviewing the
etiology, pathogenesis, pathologic and clinical features of each condition. The purpose of the course is
to understand the pathologic basis of the medical condition, how it may impact the patient’s health,
how the illness presents clinically at the bedside, and to develop an approach to treating patients with
chronic medical conditions. The relevance of these conditions on the practice of dentistry is
emphasized throughout the course. The course builds upon content learned in Basic Disease
Mechanisms and Pharmacology, but provides a more clinical perspective. The lectures are
complemented with three problem-based learning seminars revolving around real-life scenarios that
may be seen in dental practice.

D. CHUGH, N. MARCHESE, STAFF

DEN222H1 Orthodontics

This orthodontic course comprises lectures, preclinical seminars, and diagnostic case analyses. The
objective is to teach students to recognize and diagnose the various forms of malocclusion, and
understand the etiologic factors associated with the genesis of orthodontic abnormalities. Cephalometric
and model analyses are studied as the basis for providing knowledge of normal and abnormal facial
development. Students participate in lectures, case analysis seminars and preclinical diagnostic exercises
designed to prepare them for future clinical practice. Student progress and performance are evaluated
through cephalometric and model analysis competency tests, a term test, case analysis and presentation
of assigned sets of diagnostic records and a final examination.

S. SURI, STAFF

DEN223H1 Pediatric Dentistry

Pediatric Dentistry commences in second year and continues throughout third and fourth years. The
didactic and clinical program develops the concept that Pediatric Dentistry is concerned with total
dental care of the child and adolescent during growth and development from birth to adolescence. The
management, prevention and treatment of dental conditions in children are emphasized during clinical
sessions. Second Year: The restorative component is introduced at the preclinical level in conjunction
with the Department of Restorative Dentistry. These procedures are supplemented by lectures,
seminars and videotape demonstrations.

P. ANDREWS, J. RUKAVINA, STAFF

DEN249H1 Ethics, Professionalism, Law I

Ethics is critical to being a professional and a working knowledge of the legislation that impacts on
practicing dentists is important. To assist students in their understanding of this important topic, an

47 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
online self-study course was developed by the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario in
conjunction with the Faculty of Dentistry. The course is made up of four (4) modules comprising the
reading of selected articles / other publications / papers which will either be posted online or their
link provided and the consideration of a number of ethical, legal and professional considerations
for each module. Students are divided into small groups and work through the various modules and
complete the case study assignment for each under the guidance of a group facilitator and in
conjunction with input and on-line interaction with their small discussion group.
I. FEFERGRAD, STAFF

DEN277Y1 Prosthodontics

The learning objectives of this course are to apply mechanical and biological principles in prosthesis
treatment planning and design to improve or restore the form and function in partially edentulous
situations. The student will learn how to complete a limited number of selected clinical and laboratory
phases of removable and fixed partial dentures (RPD and FPD, respectively), including conventional
tooth- or implant-supported prostheses, and the procedures employed when treating partially edentate
patients. The fabrication steps take place on manikins, stone models, and student partners, as
appropriate. Completed projects and defined seminars allow for development and assessment of skills
required for successful treatment planning. Knowledge, comprehension, analysis, synthesis, and
evaluation are assessed with projects and term tests as well as competency tests for both RPDs and FPDs.
The teaching format includes lectures and group seminars, complemented with practical demonstrations
followed by laboratory and clinical exercises.

E. SOMOGYI-GANSS, STAFF

DEN299Y1 Comprehensive Care Program II – Preventive and Periodontal Services

The objectives of this course are to build on the knowledge and skills acquired in DEN199Y and to provide
clinical experience for the management of periodontal conditions of patients. Students will develop clinical
skills and knowledge about the periodontal examination, patient motivation, oral hygiene instructions and
scaling and root planning.

While working under close supervision, students will progress from working on a mannequin head, to
student partners and eventually administer non-surgical periodontal care to Faculty patients. Education
about comprehensive care is gained during practical sessions that include assisting DDS4 students during
their CCP clinical sessions and shadowing a Treatment Coordinator. This will provide an opportunity to
experience the Faculty’s treatment planning process, documentation and patient communication skills.
The importance of periodontics in the long term maintenance of a healthy dentition is the key focus of this
course.

Students are expected to operate efficiently in the clinic with appropriate infection control and the
application of sound ergonomic principles. At the completion of the year, students are expected to make
progress towards attaining clinical competency in preventive services (oral hygiene instruction, scaling,
polishing) and periodontal services (root planning). Completion of the course will prepare the student for
entry into DEN350Y1 and DEN371Y1. This is a pass / fail course.

R. GHILZON, D. CORNELL, STAFF

48 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN356Y1 Oral Diagnosis and Oral Medicine

A course of lectures, seminars and clinical sessions teach the student a system of diagnosis of dental and
oral disease. Emphasis is placed on methods of history taking, examination, patient evaluation and
management as well as treatment planning, with special attention to the medically compromised patient.
This course begins in the winter term of second year, and continues to the end of Third Year.

K. BURGESS, R. BLACK, STAFF

Third Year

Clinical Practice

The student now embarks upon the provision of clinical care for assigned patients. Emphasis is on the
comprehensive assessment and appropriate management of the oral care needs for all patients for
whom the student is the primary provider. Wherever possible, new patients are assigned to students at
their initial appointment in Oral Diagnosis in order to allow continuity of care from initial patient
assessment to treatment completion within the Comprehensive Care Program. Students perform
planned clinical procedures under the close supervision and guidance provided by program instructors.
During all clinical sessions, students apply the basic principles, knowledge and skills that they have
acquired in their preclinical education with the objective that by the end of the year each student is able
to provide a wide range of the basic treatment services with an appropriate level of confidence.

DEN301Y1 Anaesthesia

The objective of this course is to provide the ability to administer conscious sedation when indicated for
patients in dentistry. The focus is to achieve competency in the administration of nitrous oxide:oxygen
conscious sedation. Students should also become knowledgeable in oral sedation and aim for competency
in its administration for adult patients. This course will also supplement material from other courses in
preparing dentists to manage medical emergencies. Students will gain experience in the clinical
application of nitrous oxide:oxygen. After formal instruction is completed, students may administer
nitrous oxide:oxygen or oral sedation to their own patients in the clinic. Students will also write
anaesthesia consultations for their patients in the clinic.

D. HAAS, STAFF

DEN303H1/DEN453Y1 Endodontics

This course offers the student didactic and clinical components. The didactic component in the fall term
is designed to broaden the knowledge pertaining to endodontic disease and diagnosis. Initial clinical
experience is acquired through assisting and observation assignments in the undergraduate and
graduate clinics. Further clinical experience is gained through performing endodontic treatment to patients
on anterior, premolar and molar teeth.

P. CHERKAS, STAFF

49 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN308Y1 Dental Public Health III
Module VII: Communication in Dental Practice

This module aims to make students aware of central role played by communication in dental practice and
builds on the content covered in the communication skills course in second year. The curriculum will cover:
communication and its association with pain, anxiety and therapeutic outcomes; models of the dentist-
patient relationship; communication in the health care team; consultation tasks and styles; common
agendas and barriers in communication and challenging patient encounters.
Module VIII: Psychological and Behavioral Issues in Dental Practice

The aims of this module are to make students aware of common psychological and behavioural
problems encountered in dental practice and discussion of psychological principles and strategies that
can be employed to manage these problems. This module covers: understanding dental fear and
anxiety, cognitive and behavioural factors associated with dental anxiety; patient beliefs and
perceptions about dental anxiety; management and treatment of the dentally anxious adult and child;
communicating pain in dentistry and pain in vulnerable populations.

L. DEMPSTER

DEN315Y1 Oral Medicine and Pathology

The lectures cover diseases of the teeth, periodontium, tongue, oral mucosa, salivary glands, jaws,
orofacial deformities and systemic diseases as they affect the mouth and jaws. The pathology, clinical
aspects, differential diagnosis and management of these conditions are discussed. In the seminar
sessions, a virtual microscopy-based teaching program is used to demonstrate the histological
appearances of the most significant lesions, and to correlate histologic features with clinical
presentation. The seminars are organized to impart a systematic approach to evaluate oral soft and hard
tissue lesions, to formulate a diagnosis and treatment plan, to apply and consolidate what has been
learned in the lectures.

G. BRADLEY, K. PERSCHBACHER, STAFF

DEN317Y1 Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology

Lectures, preclinical exercises and clinical rotations introduce the student to patient-centered intra-oral
and panoramic imaging techniques, and radiographic interpretation of normal anatomy and common
diseases affecting the teeth and jaws.

R. BARLOW, E. LAM, STAFF

50 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN318Y1 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

The third year course consists of a lecture program and labs. Basic didactic instruction will include
orientation to the department, basic surgical principles, instrumentation and techniques of exodontia
for both erupted and unerupted teeth, minor dentoalveolar surgery, root resection, pre-prosthetic
surgical procedures, and the management of infections and application of various drugs. Two
laboratory exercises will complement the didactic program. The first one, held in the fall, will
demonstrate basic exodontia techniques and instrumentation using the surgical simulator. The second
lab held in January will provide a hands on experience in flap raising, bone removal, tooth splitting,
biopsy and suturing utilizing fresh pig mandibles. Assignment to the Oral Surgery Clinic in March, May
and June will begin the student’s clinical experience.

N. KATSIKERIS, STAFF

DEN322Y1 Orthodontics

This course is lecture based with the aim of providing students with the knowledge required for
orthodontic examination, diagnosis and treatment planning. Lecture topics will include the diagnosis
and management of Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusions, the integration of orthodontics for
patients with complex restorative needs as well as lectures on the biomechanics of tooth movement.
There are two term tests and a final examination.

K. SHARMA, STAFF

DEN365Y1 Orthodontics

This course consists of laboratory sessions, orthodontic screening sessions and seminars. The laboratory
sessions will simulate the full experience of orthodontic treatment, starting from initial diagnostic
procedures to bonding brackets, arch wire adjustments and bracket removal. Orthodontic screening
sessions will allow students to apply the knowledge gained from the didactic course to the clinical setting;
students will examine patients and discuss the results of their examinations with instructors and peers.
Prior to the seminar sessions, students will be asked to prepare a short presentation on a topic of
relevance to orthodontics and/or work up an orthodontic case; this will be followed by group discussion
lead by a clinical instructor.

K. SHARMA, STAFF

DEN323Y1/DEN368Y1 Pediatric Dentistry

A series of lectures and seminars are presented on dentistry for children that include behavior
management, infant care, diagnosis and treatment planning, management of early childhood caries,
space management, pediatric dental emergencies and trauma, pediatric oral surgery and oral pathology,
and applied pediatric medicine. The intent of the course is to provide the student with the knowledge and
skills required to provide basic dental care to children in a family practice setting.
The clinical phase of Pediatric Dentistry is developed in a comprehensive manner during third year,
stressing total patient care in the Children’s Clinic. The students also rotate to the City of Toronto Public
Dental Health Clinic, Toronto Rehabilitation Institute, and the Mt. Sinai Hospital for a portion of their
clinical training. Students are required to attend all sessions to advance into 4th year, but a grade will
only be given in Clinical Pedo at the end of 4th year.

51 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
P. ANDREWS, J. RUKAVINA, STAFF

DEN324Y1/DEN371Y1 Periodontics

The main objective of third year Periodontics is to present a more detailed program on diagnosis,
rationale, and delivery of periodontal therapy for a wide range of periodontal conditions, building on the
basic knowledge and instrumentation skills learned in the first two years. The program consists of
didactic, preclinical, and clinical elements. The didactic program consists of a series of lectures and
seminars on periodontal therapy, including surgical therapies. These are integrated with preclinical
sessions. Care of clinical patients is continued within a framework of clinical sessions under close
supervision. At the completion of the year, students should possess the knowledge, motivation and
clinical acuity to diagnose most periodontal conditions and to establish treatment plans for
uncomplicated cases. They should have the knowledge needed to treat mild to moderate forms of
periodontal diseases by combining sanative, antimicrobial and surgical modes of therapy and should be
ready to enter an educational phase in which they can readily integrate their knowledge and skill in
Periodontics with that learned in other programs. In addition, each student has assignments to assist in
the Graduate Periodontics Clinic.

J. LAI, R. GHILZON, STAFF

DEN327H1 Pharmacology

The objective of this course is to provide applied knowledge of clinical pharmacology and therapeutics in
dental practice. The topics covered include analgesics, dependency, anti-infectives, drugs used in medical
emergencies and natural products. As well, the use of drugs for specific patient situations such as in the
elderly, pregnancy and lactation, cardiovascular disease, and the immunocompromised, is also included.

D. HAAS, A. OUANOUNOU, STAFF

DEN333Y1/DEN377Y1 Prosthodontics

This course consists of both a didactic and a clinical component throughout 3rd year. The lectures focuses
on planning and integrating removable and fixed prosthodontic interventions within a continuum of
comprehensive patient care. Prosthodontic treatment planning principles are underscored in lectures,
winter term treatment planning seminars as well as, in patient assignments in the clinics. The clinical
assignments form a part of the clinical comprehensive program that is undertaken throughout the year.
The clinical instructors will ensure that the knowledge acquired in the first 3 years of studying is toward
evidence-based decision making regarding prosthodontic management of patients with partial and
completely edentulous jaws. The minimum clinical core experience for the students are: (i) 1 complete
(or immediate complete) removable prosthesis, (ii) 3 removable partial prostheses, (iii) 1 fixed partial
prosthesis or 1 implant supported prosthesis and (iv) 1 reline or implant-retrofitted or repair of a
removable prosthesis.

B. LEUNG, STAFF

DEN336Y1/DEN380Y1 Restorative Dentistry

The clinical course takes place within the Comprehensive Care Program. The Fall Term provides close

52 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
supervision for the transition from preclinical operative to clinical implementation of basic direct
restorative procedures. The fundamental principles and methods for restoring teeth to structural,
functional and esthetic acceptability, learned thus far in a preclinical setting, are emphasized as the
students acquire the clinical skills necessary to treat individual patients. Patient management skills and
student confidence in restorative dentistry are developed during this program. Students are evaluated on
a daily basis using self-assessment and/or instructor assessment, and work towards achieving clinical
competency which is evaluated in the form of (a) competency test (s). Lectures are designed to highlight
clinical aspects of restorative materials and procedures. The final written examination comprehensively
covers all material taught over the three years including lectures, reading assignments and the
knowledge gained from clinical practice.

L. TAM, STAFF

DEN349H1 Ethics, Professionalism, Law II

Ethics is critical to being a professional and a working knowledge of the legislation that impacts on
practicing dentists is important. To assist students in their understanding of this important topic, an
online self-study course was developed by the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario in
conjunction with the Faculty of Dentistry.
The course is made up of four (4) modules comprising the reading of selected articles / other publications
/ papers which will either be posted online or their link provided and the consideration of a number of
ethical, legal and professional considerations for each module.
Students are divided into small groups and work through the various modules and complete the case
study assignment for each under the guidance of a group facilitator and in conjunction with input and
on-line interaction with their small discussion group.

I. FEFERGRAD, STAFF

DEN350Y1 – Comprehensive Care Program III - Introduction to Treatment Planning and Total Patient
Care

This multidisciplinary clinical program begins in the Fall Term of third year to provide a “total patient
care experience” from initial patient presentation to treatment completion for the majority of assigned
patients. The third year portion of the clinical Comprehensive Care Program (CCP) introduces the
student to multidisciplinary treatment planning and the concept of appropriately phased patient care.
Treatment Plan Coordinators in CCP3 assist and educate students in the assessment, diagnosis and
sequencing of patient care through comprehensive treatment planning sessions designed to ensure case
understanding, rational treatment decisions and an appropriate treatment plan. Significant emphasis is
placed in CCP3 on Phase 1 treatment planning and the importance of optimal oral disease control and
patient-specific prevention. Following the development of a treatment plan, the multidisciplinary
treatment needs of the patient are carried out under the supervision and teaching of clinical instructors
from the periodontology, prosthodontics and restorative programs.

L. TAM, STAFF

DEN356Y1 Oral Diagnosis and Oral Medicine

The course starts in the Second Year with a series of lectures, seminars and clinical sessions to teach
students a system of diagnosis of dental and oral disease. Emphasis is placed on methods of history

53 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
taking, examination, patient evaluation and management as well as treatment planning. This will include
the evaluation and management of healthy patients as well as of those with a wide variety of co-existing
medical disorders. Students will learn the impact of medical conditions on treatment planning and
provision of dental care.

During the whole of Third Year, students will attend the Oral Diagnosis and Emergency Clinics in order to
obtain practical experience in the evaluation and management of a large and varied group of patients.
They will also learn how to request and evaluate medical information from their patient’s physicians or
hospitals. In the Faculty Emergency Clinic, the students learn to diagnose and manage a wide range of
dental emergencies. The clinical sessions provide practical application of the material covered in the
lecture/seminar component of the course and prepare students for the more detailed treatment planning
sessions involved in the provision of comprehensive care.

K. BURGESS, R. BLACK, STAFF

DEN374Y Preventive Dentistry

The didactic program concentrates on the practical aspects of incorporating preventive dentistry into
private dental practice. The objective of this course is to significantly improve patient’s oral health
through the development of disease control programs based on disease risk determinations. The
student utilizes preventive principles and techniques for assigned clinic patients.
Seminar sessions are devoted to patient motivation and preventive diet counselling. The winter term
seminar is case based and focuses on how to individualize preventive treatment plans to meet the
individual needs of the patient.

A. OUANOUNOU, STAFF

DEN409Y1 Practice Administration

This is an interactive learning series beginning in the fall of Third Year and continuing through winter and
spring terms and through Fourth Year, and is designed to provide the student with an understanding of
the management and administration of a dental practice. Guest lecturers discuss relevant topics such as
financing, accounting, resumes, interview techniques, time management, partnerships, taxation and risk
management so that students are well informed about factors to be considered when entering private
practice.

J. POSLUNS, STAFF

Fourth Year

In the Fourth Year the student applies the basic knowledge and techniques already acquired, to gain
further clinical experience and familiarity with more advanced treatment services. To prepare students
for entry into the profession as general practitioners, emphasis is placed upon integration of the various
programs and overall management of patient treatment. In addition to their work in the Faculty's Clinics,
students participate in elective programs, clinical conferences and hospital-based experiences.

Clinical Practice

See Third Year description.

54 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Electives

In Pediatric Dentistry, the elective is a "selective" since interested students are selected to attend the
Moose Factory Dental Project that deals with the delivery of dental treatment to Native Peoples in the
James Bay area from a hospital base.

DEN400H1 Anaesthesia

This course consists of seminars and clinical experience in anaesthesia as it applies to dentistry. The
seminars review the protocol and applied aspects of handling medical emergencies. Students practice
oxygen administration, intramuscular injection and venipuncture techniques on each other. The clinical
component is carried out throughout the academic year and involves writing anaesthesia consultations
for their patients, administering nitrous oxide:oxygen conscious sedation and taking a competency test
for the latter.This is a credit/non-credit course.

H. KESTENBERG, STAFF

DEN409Y1 Practice Administration

This is an interactive learning series beginning in the fall of Third Year and continuing through winter and
spring terms and through Fourth Year, and is designed to provide the student with an understanding of
the management and administration of a dental practice. Guest lecturers discuss relevant topics such as
financing, accounting, resumes, interview techniques, time management, partnerships, taxation and risk
management so that students are well informed about factors to be considered when entering private
practice.

J. POSLUNS, STAFF

DEN410H1 Orofacial Pain: Mechanisms, Diagnosis and Management

The objective this course is to integrate basic and clinical sciences related to orofacial pain, in order to
improve awareness on pain differential diagnosis, etiologies, mechanisms, and management.

Education about pain is complex, because of its multidimensional nature, its association with emotional,
psychological and social disorders, and impact on the patient’s well-being and quality of life. The course
is designed to offer students insight into these intricate aspects of pain.

Upon completion of this course, students should be able to appreciate the socioeconomic burden of
acute and chronic pain, in addition to their effects on the patient’s quality of life. Emphasis will be put
on the importance of understanding peripheral and central pain mechanisms, toward differential
diagnosis of various orofacial pain conditions, and evidence-based treatment decisions that range from
physiotherapy to pharmacological approaches. The contribution of genetics and the immune system,
gender and behavioral issues to pain will also be discussed. Students will also learn about movement
disorders that may be associated with pain, bruxism being the most commonly identified in dentistry.

P. CHERKAS, STAFF

55 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN411Y1 Clinical Application of Practice Administration

This course puts into practice the concepts and topics discussed in Practice Administration (DEN409Y)
while managing patients. Students must prepare for and attend all regularly scheduled chart audits.
Students must also successfully complete the final chart audit to be awarded a credit for this course.

J. POSLUNS

DEN449H1 Ethics, Professionalism, Law III

Ethics is critical to being a professional and a working knowledge of the legislation that impacts on
practicing dentists is important. To assist students in their understanding of this important topic, this
course is to reinforce ethical principles discussed in modules 1-4 of DEN249H1 and modules 5-8 of
DEN349H1. Concepts are reviewed and further developed at a higher level in the context of application
to daily practice.
I. FEFERGRAD, STAFF

DEN450Y1/DEN451Y1 Comprehensive Care Program

This multidisciplinary clinical program begins in May of third year and continues throughout fourth year
in order to provide continuing care for all assigned patients and to amplify the student experience in
provision of optimal comprehensive care. Students participate in the assessment, diagnosis, treatment
planning and provision or management of the treatment needs for all patients for whom they are
designated primary providers. The process begins in the diagnostic clinics and continues in the
comprehensive care clinic for the same student and patient wherever possible. The emphasis is on
providing optimal patient care which addresses the oral health needs of the patient and takes into
consideration the patient’s wishes. Emphasis is placed on provision of optimal disease control and
prevention for all patients prior to more extensive rehabilitation. Major program goals are the
completion of treatment for all assigned patients and adequate preparation of students for general
practice.

Students are assigned to Clinical Comprehensive Care Teams each with designated Coordinators,
specialist consultants and clinical instructors. Central to the program objectives is the development of a
rational treatment plan for an informed patient. Treatment planning is carried out by Team Coordinators
and the process ensures careful patient assessment and appropriate specialist consultations. The
program emphasizes the educational development of treatment planning, critical thinking and decision-
making skills. Patient-Based-Learning (PBL) didactic seminars are conducted in small student groups
throughout the program, towards the same educational objectives and sharing the resource of CCP
patients.

The Comprehensive Care Program culminates in case-based comprehensive didactic examinations for adult
patients as well as a final oral review of the student’s portfolio. This reflective review covers the
comprehensive care of the student’s assigned patients during CCP3 and CCP4. Conducted by teams of
academic staff, the oral examination is the final assessment of the student’s overall achievement of
obtaining the competency of a beginning dental practitioner.

D. CORNELL, STAFF

56 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN453Y1 Endodontics

This course offers the student didactic and clinical components. The didactic component in the fall term
is designed to introduce the student to advances in endodontic science and technologies. This course will
adopt a problem-based learning approach for clinical case presentations by students in small groups. The
clinical component expands the knowledge and an experience gained in the 3rd year, and provides the
student opportunities to acquire the skills and experience in providing basic endodontic treatments in the
context of comprehensive dental care.

A. PLAZAS GARZON, STAFF

DEN456Y1 Oral Diagnosis and Oral Medicine

Students continue to attend the Oral Diagnosis and Emergency Clinics for further experience in the
management, evaluation and treatment planning of patients, with continued emphasis on assessment
and treatment planning of patients with special care or medical problems. Fourth Year students attend
the Emergency Clinic throughout the year.

K. BURGESS, STAFF

DEN459Y1 Oral Radiology

The 4th year course builds on the clinical and didactic Oral Radiology experiences from second and third
years. Skills in radiographic techniques and radiologic interpretation continue to be developed through
patient assignments and case reporting during radiology clinic assignments. An emphasis is made on
appropriate prescription of radiographs, competent imaging technique and thorough reporting.
Recognition of normal anatomy and variants is reinforced. A seminar on advanced radiologic
interpretation provides the opportunity to practice radiologic diagnosis of lesions of the jaws.

S. PERSCHBACHER, STAFF

DEN462Y1 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

The Fourth Year program consists of a series of lectures in the advanced aspects of Oral and Maxillofacial
Surgery such as trauma, surgical orthodontic treatment and Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery reconstruction
etc. The aim of this program is to provide the students with a basic understanding of and the diagnostic
capability to approach these more advanced aspects, of surgery which customarily are dealt with by Oral
and Maxillofacial Surgeons. The clinical part of this program is the continuation of assignments to the
department which, covered in 3rd Year, as well as exposure to major oral surgery that may occur during
the student’s hospital assignments. An essay on an assignment topic, due in December, is also required.

N. KATSIKERIS, STAFF

DEN465Y1 Orthodontics

The fourth year orthodontic program has both didactic and clinical components. In the didactic part, a
series of lectures are given to strengthen students’ diagnostic abilities and broaden their perspective in
incorporating orthodontic treatment in multidisciplinary treatments. The aim of the didactic part is to

57 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
provide students a better understanding of basic application of orthodontics in daily practice and
advanced orthodontic treatment planning in more complex cases. In the clinical part, students are
exposed to initial orthodontic screening of prospective patients for graduate orthodontic clinic,
fabricate and adjust removable orthodontic appliances, and academic discussions to evaluate treatment
outcome of orthodontic treatment for a wide range of malocclusions. Student performance is monitored
through one term test at the end of fall semester, one oral exam at the end of academic year and daily
clinical performance throughout the year.

E. ARAT, STAFF

DEN468Y1 Pediatric Dentistry

Additional emphasis in clinical Pediatric Dentistry is given and advanced treatments during the primary,
mixed and permanent dentition periods, including management of dental abnormalities and injuries to
teeth, are emphasized both in the Faculty clinic and a Community Dental Clinic in Toronto. Students are
encouraged to treat children under conscious sedation and to see multiple patients in each of their
sessions. In addition, students will have a required assignment to the Pediatric Dentistry Surgicentre. The
dental care of persons with special needs is provided through affiliated hospitals. Various members of
the department give seminars in advanced Pediatric Dentistry throughout the year. Elective programs in
conjunction with the Hospital for Sick Children, Mount Sinai Hospital, Toronto Rehabilitation Institute
and Weeneebayko General Hospital are available.

H. NAINAR, STAFF

DEN471Y1 Periodontics

The major objective of fourth year Periodontics is to graduate general practitioners who possess the
knowledge, judgement, skill and motivation to serve individual patients and the community's needs in the
recognition, treatment and prevention of periodontal diseases. In the Comprehensive Care clinics in fourth
year, emphasis is placed on integrating periodontal diagnosis and treatment within the overall oral health
care of patients. Students are challenged to learn how Periodontics influences the management of both
uncomplicated and complex cases. Discrimination between cases treatable in general practice and those
which should be treated through co-operation between generalist and specialist, is stressed.

R. GHILZON, STAFF

DEN474Y1 Preventive Dentistry

There are no formal lectures or seminars in this course, as it is independent and self-directed. Cases are
presented where individuals at high risk of dental disease have been identified and preventive care has
been individualized for such patients. Cases, which present other challenging preventive problems, are
also presented and discussed. A clinical assignment requires that students evaluate the risk of dental
disease in selected clinic patients and provide an appropriate level of preventive care for each.

A. OUANOUNOU, STAFF

58 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN477Y1 Prosthodontics

This course consists of a lecture series in the fall term and assignments in the clinic in the fall and spring
terms. The objective of the didactic course is to create congruity between the understanding of the
sequelea of partial and complete edentulism and evidence based decision making regarding
prosthodontic management.

B. LEUNG, G. ANDERSON, STAFF

DEN480Y1 Restorative Dentistry

The program consists of the restorative clinical care of Comprehensive Care Program patients. The aim is
to broaden the student's clinical experience and to further develop and refine his/her operative skills and
diagnostic acumen. More advanced treatments are carried out and alternative forms of treatment are
discussed. Emphasis is also placed on integration of restorative care with the other clinical programs.
Minimum treatment requirements are established to ensure adequate clinical experience has been
provided followed by clinical competency testing.

Lectures amplify and broaden the students' didactic knowledge with emphasis on recent developments
in Restorative materials and techniques.

O. EL-MOWAFY, STAFF

DEN490Y1 Community Based Service Learning

The role of the dental provider extends beyond the traditional dental office. Populations exist that are
unable to access oral health care through conventional methods of treatment. These populations
continue to increase in number, leading to concerns regarding access to care to a growing number of
Canadians. In order to serve these populations and to expose students to the importance of delivery
care in a variety of non-traditional venues, this course encompasses a number of off-site clinical
rotations.

Students must be exposed to the role of the profession in delivering care to marginalized populations. In
order to provide this exposure, students in their final dental year spend a day in University of Toronto
affiliated clinics and community based sites.

J. POSLUNS, STAFF

DEN491Y1 Dental Outreach Community Services

The purpose of this course is to educate dental students on how dentistry can contribute in improving
health and achieving equity in health for Ontario. Application for this course is required and only
appropriate students will be selected. Enrollment will be limited.

A.AZARPAZHOOH, STAFF

59 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN492Y1 Dental Outreach Global Services

Global Health is the study health of populations in a global context. The purpose of this course is to
educate dental students on how dentistry can contribute in improving health and achieving equity in
health for all people worldwide. Application for this course is required and only appropriate students
will be selected. Enrollment limited.

A. AZARPAZHOOH, STAFF

DEN493H1 Princess Margaret Hospital Clinic Rotation

Providing dental care to oncology patients and other medically compromised patients. This rotation will
involve practicing in the Princess Margaret Cancer Centre Dental Clinic in an evening session under direct
supervision. Enrollment limited.

R. WOOD, STAFF

60 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
International Dentist Advanced Placement Program

Note: The regulations in the Academic Rules and Regulations section of this Calendar apply to students
in the International Dentist Advanced Placement Program.

Admission Information

The International Dentist Advanced Placement Program is a special university program held over six
months. After successful completion of this program students are fully integrated into the third year of
our four year Doctor of Dental Surgery Program, leading to a degree. The program is intended for
graduates of non-accredited dental programs, i.e. educational programs that have not been recognized
by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of Canada (CDAC) or the American Dental Association
Commission on Dental Accreditation. Upon successful completion of the International Dentist Advanced
Placement Program, the third year and fourth year of the DDS program and the NDEB examinations, the
candidate will be eligible for licensure/ registration as a dentist.

The following admission guidelines apply to all applicants. Please consult the Faculty of Dentistry
website for complete information at: www.dentistry.utoronto.ca.

To be eligible for admission into the International Dentist Advanced Placement Program applicants must:

 Have completed a minimum four-year University dental program, not recognized by the CDAC.

 Achieve a minimum overall grade point average of 3.0 (4.0 scale) for all dental coursework.

 Be a Canadian citizen or have permanent residency status in Canada by the July 2nd application
deadline. International Students are not eligible to apply to this program.

 As English is the primary language of instruction and communication at the University of Toronto,
applicants must demonstrate an adequate level of proficiency in English, regardless of their
citizenship status or country of origin. Applicants from universities outside Canada where English is
not the primary language of instruction must provide results of an English language proficiency
examination as part of their application. Tests must have been taken within the last 24 months at
the time of submission of their application. Acceptable proof of English facility must be submitted
by the application deadline (July 2). Official test scores must be sent by the testing agency directly
to the University of Toronto. Our institution code is 0982. The following tests are recognized:

a) Test of English as a Foreign (TOEFL): The Minimum requirement is TOEFL PBT - total score
600 + 5.0 on TWE and for TOEFL IBT - total score 100 + 22 on Writing.
b) Michigan English Language Assessment Battery (MELAB): The minimum requirement is an
overall score of 85, with no part below 80.
c) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) Academic Module: The minimum
requirement is an overall band of 6.5, with no band below 6.0.
d) The Certificate of Proficiency in English (COPE): The minimum requirement is an overall
score of 86, with 32 in Writing and 22 in each of the Reading and Listening sections.

61 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
e) Academic Preparation ESL, School of Continuing Studies, University of Toronto: The
minimum requirement is a grade of 'B' at the 60/Advanced level.

 Write the Assessment of Fundamental Knowledge (AFK) Examination administered by the


National Dental Examining Board of Canada (NDEB) prior to the July 2nd application deadline, and
to arrange for their results to be forwarded directly to the Admissions Office. The AFK exam must
have been taken within the last three years at the time submission of your application. To register
for the AFK exam contact:

The National Dental Examining Board of Canada


80 Elgin Street, 2nd Floor
Ottawa, ON
K1P 6R2
Telephone: (613) 236-5912
Email: [email protected]
Web site: https://ndeb-bned.ca/en/non-accredited

How to Apply

To apply to the International Dentist Advanced Placement Program you must complete the online
application form from the Faculty of Dentistry website. In addition to the online application form the
following documents must be received by the July 2nd application deadline:

 Non-refundable application service fee of $ 275.00 CDN payable to the University of Toronto.
Payment may be made by credit card, certified check, or money order. We do not accept personal
checks or cash.
 Proof of citizenship (if applicable), i.e. Canadian citizenship or permanent resident status
(photocopy only). This document can be mailed directly, faxed to: (416) 979-4944 or sent via e-mail
to: [email protected].
 Proof of English facility (if applicable) sent directly by the testing agency to the University of
Toronto.
 A notarized copy of your dental school diploma accompanied by a notarized English translation, if
applicable.
 A notarized copy of your dental school marks accompanied by a notarized English translation, if
applicable.
 A photocopy of your NDEB Fundamental Knowledge Exam results.
 Applicants who are submitting documents in a name other than that shown on the application
must submit proof of name change with the application. A notarized copy of one of the following is
acceptable: marriage certificate or Change-of-Name Order issued by an Ontario Court Judge, or by
another court of competent jurisdiction.
 Letter of extenuating circumstances (if applicable) to assist in the assessment of your qualifications.
This letter should not exceed 750 words.

Admission documents need to be mailed to the following address:

Admissions Office
Faculty of Dentistry
124 Edward Street, Room 104
Toronto, ON M5G 1G6, Canada

62 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Interviews

By the end of September each year shortlisted applicants will be invited for an interview based on their
potential as shown by their academic achievement and AFK scores. Those not invited for an interview will
be informed at this time as well. The interviews are held on one weekend at the end of October each year.

Selection and Notification of Applicants

The selection of applicants is made by the Undergraduate Admission Committee that reports directly to
the Council of the Faculty of Dentistry. The criteria for selection are established by the Undergraduate
Admission Committee and approved by Faculty Council. Final offers for admission to the IDAPP program
will be made to selected members of this group of interviewed applicants and will be based upon
academic achievement, AFK scores and the results of the interview process. In making its decisions the
Committee takes all of this information into consideration. In mid-November, interviewed applicants will
be notified by e-mail of the decision made by the Committee with respect to their application. The
decision of the Faculty of Dentistry concerning admission into the International Dentist Advanced
Placement Program is final. No appeal mechanism exists.

Applicants who have previously failed in University Education

Applicants who have been required to withdraw by a dental school for academic or other reasons will
normally be ineligible for admission to the International Dentist Advanced Placement Program.

Transfer within Canada

Requests for transfer from other Advanced Standing Programs will not be accepted.

Applicants with a Communicable Disease

All Faculty of Dentistry students are expected to be in a state of health such that they may participate in
the academic program, including patient care, without posing a risk to themselves or to others. Students
with a communicable disease may pursue their studies only as long as their continued involvement does
not pose a health or safety hazard to themselves or others. Such a health or safety hazard, if protracted,
may preclude them from participation in clinical work essential to the satisfactory completion of their
program of study. The health status of all students shall remain confidential. Registration status for HBV
Carriers remains CONDITIONAL until the Expert Panel on Infectious Diseases reviews their case.

Counselling

All incoming students will have the opportunity of orientation counselling to discuss student services,
financial assistance, enrolment procedures, housing and other concerns. Appointments may be arranged
through the Admissions Office.

Admission Deposit

A $2000 CDN non-refundable deposit will be required from each applicant granted admission. It will be
applied to the fees providing he/she register.

63 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Regulations Governing the International Dentist Advanced Placement Program

The program and degree regulations given in Section 2 of this calendar apply to the International Dentist
Advanced Placement Program in Dentistry with the substitution of ‘International Dentist Advanced
Placement Program’ for ‘DDS program’ and the appropriate reduction in the number of years. However,
items 3, 4, 8 and 12 do not apply; appropriate versions of these sections follow.

First Aid Course and CPR

Students registering in the International Dentist Advanced Placement program are required to obtain
certification of satisfactory completion of (a) a Canadian Red Cross Society or St. John Ambulance course
in First Aid (or its equivalent) and (b) a CPR Basic Rescuer course before they may register in the IDAPP
program. The CPR course must have been completed within the past two years. All students must
present evidence of recertification in the CPR Basic Rescuer course by the last day of classes in 4th year.
Certificates verifying completion of such courses must be submitted to the Student Services Office by the
last day of classes in the 4th year of the program. The Faculty of Dentistry does not offer instruction in
these courses as part of the D.D.S. program.

Courses

Students will take all courses and examinations of the program at the times set by the Faculty and under
the direction of the Faculty staff. The courses of the curriculum are divided into two categories - didactic,
which includes all lectures (and some laboratories), and clinical/preclinical. All courses involving
technical procedures must be completed in the Faculty laboratories under the direction of the staff in
accordance with the regulations laid down by the programs concerned.

Exemptions

No exemptions from courses will be permitted to students registered in the International Dentist
Advanced Placement program.

Supplemental Examinations

Students who fail a course have the privilege of a supplemental examination. A supplemental
examination is defined as a special examination for students who have failed a course, and is graded
"Pass" or "Fail".

Students are permitted no more than two supplemental examinations in the International Dentist
Advanced Placement program.

Consequences of Failure to Obtain Standing

Students who fail to obtain standing by having failed more than two subjects or by having failed one or
more supplemental examinations, before advancing to the D.D.S. program, will be required to repeat all
courses of the failed program in which the student did not receive a grade of A- in the first attempt.
Any student who fails on two occasions to receive the right to advance to the D.D.S. program shall be
refused further registration in the Faculty.

64 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
The University of Toronto IPE Curriculum/ Program

The University of Toronto (IPE) curriculum/ program builds upon a rich history of IPE and is focused on
the development of specific values and core competencies across eleven health professional programs
(dentistry, medical radiation sciences, medicine, nursing, occupational therapy, pharmacy, physician’s
assistants, physical education and health, physical therapy, social work and speech-language
pathology). The knowledge, skills/behaviours and attitudes developed through the IPE
curriculum/program will enable students to provide collaborative patient/client-centred care in an
interprofessional context.

The IPE curriculum/program started in 2009 and is being phased-in across the health professional
faculties. This comprehensive curriculum/program includes the following three core learning activities
for IDAPP students:

IDAPP - Conflict in Interprofessional Life;

DDS 3 - Case-Based: Pain - Palliative Care;

DDS 4 - IPE Component in a Clinical Placement.

As well, students complete elective learning activities in order to cover all IPE values and core
competencies and to meet individual learning needs and interests. Student learning will be assessed to
ensure successful completion. IDAPP students will need to successfully complete two elective learning
activities (any colour) during the course of the IDAPP program and following transfer to DDS III.

Certificate of Registration for Dental Practice

Please refer to this topic in the DDS section of the calendar.

Promotion

Following successful completion of the program students will be invited to register into the third year of
the D.D.S. program.

65 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
International Dentist Advanced Placement Program Curriculum

Course No. Course Title Lecture Seminar Laboratory Clinic Total


Course
Hours Hours Hours Hours Hours Weights
DPP105H1 Biomaterials 23 0 0 0 23 0.25
DPP111H1 Dental Public Health 46 0 0 0 46 0.50
DPP123H1 Biological Basis of Oral Health/Disease 30 0 0 0 30 0.25
DPP128H1 Periodontics 23 0 0 30 53 0.50
DPP132H1 Pharmacology 20 0 0 0 20 0.25
DPP138Y1 Prosthodontics 30 0 37 36 87 0.50
DPP141H1 Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology 14 0 0 4 18 0.00
DPP144Y1 Restorative Dentistry (preclinical) 0 0 0 123.5 123.5 0.50
DPP165H1 Restorative Dentistry (didactic) 32.5 0 0 0 32.5 0.25
DPP200H1 Anaesthesia 14 0 5 5 24 0.25
DPP202H1 Communication Skills 0 6 0 0 6 Pass/Fail
DPP208H1 Endodontics 30.5 0 54 0 84.5 0.50
DPP219H1 Medicine and pathology 21 0 0 0 21 0.25
DPP222H1 Orthodontics 16 28 0 28 72 0.50
DPP223H1 Pediatric Dentistry 14 0 19.5 0 33.5 0.25
DPP249H1 Ethics, Professionalism, Law I 0 10** 0 0 10 Pass/Fail
DPP356Y1 Oral Diagnosis and Oral Medicine 22.5 12 0 18 52.5 0.00
Total Hours 342.5 46 78.5 279.5 756.5 5.00
** Online
course

Course Descriptions: International Dentist Advanced Placement Program

The International Dentist Advanced Placement Program is an intense six months preclinical
program. This period includes a series of lectures in a selected group of Clinical Science and
Biological and Diagnostic Science subjects.

DPP105H1 Biomaterials

The lectures are designed to provide background materials science knowledge required to
understand how chemistry and structure of materials affect physical and mechanical properties.
They also include a comprehensive review of dental materials with emphasis on the relationships
between structure, properties, performance and biocompatibility.

Y. FINER, STAFF

DPP111H1 Dental Public Health

In this course students will study Canada’s oral health and learn the principles of evidence-based
health care. The course will include epidemiological concepts and the strength of study designs,
the epidemiology of dental conditions in Canada and the determinants of oral health,
descriptions of the Canadian health and dental care delivery systems, and an overview of current
issues in dental health care in Canada including a brief introduction to professional ethics. In a
second section students will learn the principles of clinical epidemiology and then work in small
groups to complete an evidence- based report on a selected topic.

A. AZARPAZHOOH, STAFF

66 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DPP123H1 Biological Basis of Oral Health and Disease

This review course is designed to provide the incoming international dentist with a review of the current
knowledge on oral health and disease mechanisms. Since research in this area is proceeding rapidly,
guest lecturers, most of whom are clinicians, are asked to provide the students with a brief review of the
basic mechanisms of health and disease. They are also asked to bring students up to date regarding how
far various scientific fields relating to oral health and disease have advanced.

There are 15 two hour lectures on topics ranging from the histology of soft tissues, the biochemistry of
mineralized tissues, oral bacterial ecology, immunity, and oral physiology. Upon completion of the
course, students will have an understanding of the basic concepts that will help them prepare for the
other didactic courses in the IDAPP.

G. KULKARNI, STAFF

DPP128H1 - Periodontics

The didactic lecture series centers on the pathogenesis, pathology, diagnosis and approaches to therapy
for the various periodontal diseases. The preclinical module teaches the fundamental skills in scaling
technique, instrumentation and instrument sharpening. In the clinical component students exam, chart,
diagnose, treatment plan patients and also perform scaling, root planing and oral hygiene instruction.

R. GHILZON, STAFF

DPP132H1 Pharmacology

This course will provide a review of pharmacology prior to the course in third year DDS. Topics include
an overview of basic principles, drug regulations, autonomics, cardiovascular, immunopharmacology,
general anaesthetics and central nervous system drugs.

J. LANÇA, STAFF

DPP138Y1 Prosthodontics

This course aims to introduce to international dentists the status of prosthodontics in Canada in terms of
epidemiology, aetiology and prognosis. Moreover, the dentists are exposed to the prosthodontic
teaching principles of the University of Toronto in terms of management of patients who are missing
teeth and associated tissues. Lectures, videos, and seminars define the sequelae of partial and complete
edentulism, methods of treatment, and risks and benefits. The course blends theory with simulations on
patient models and typodonts. At the completion of this course, candidates will be aware of the optimal
approach to treatment planning, diagnostic procedures and technical solutions for patients who require
tooth replacement with fixed and removable partial and complete prostheses. Successful completion
leads to instructor supervised comprehensive patient care. Further lectures and seminars cover other
prosthodontic topics such as geriatrics and dental implants.

67 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
L. AVIVI-ARBER, STAFF

DPP141H1 Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology

Lectures and seminars introduce the student to the principles of radiation physics and hygiene, biology,
radiographic imaging modalities, technique and the interpretation of normal anatomy and its
variations, including common diseases affecting the teeth and jaws. Clinical sessions provide students
with the opportunity to learn and practice intra-oral imaging techniques incorporating infection control
protocol, utilizing the two digital imaging systems (CMOS and Photostimulable Phosphor receptors).
Radiographic interpretation is introduced reinforcing lecture material.

M. CASH, STAFF

DPP144Y1/DPP165H1 Restorative Dentistry

This course consists of two components, a didactic component and a practical (preclinical) component.
The objectives of this course are to review current restorative treatment principles and procedures with
the participants and ensure that they are at the level of competency required before they can treat
patients on the clinical floor. The course covers all the aspects of cavity preparation and restoration for
both the direct and indirect techniques (both intra- and extracoronal). It involves reviewing methods of
diagnosis of initial and recurrent caries and introducing state of the art management regimes and
procedures for carious- and endodontically-treated teeth. For the practical component of this course a
clinical stimulation set-up is used in order to optimize proximity to the real situation. Teaching in the
laboratory is conducted in small groups of participants (no larger than 8) each allocated to one
instructor.

At the culmination of this course, participants are expected to have reached a competency level in both
didactic and preclinical restorative dentistry to enable them to proceed to patient treatment on the
clinical floor. Participant must pass examinations in both the didactic and practical components of this
course independently.

In addition to a revised manual provided in electronic form the following texts are required.

O. EL-MOWAFY, STAFF

DPP200H1 Anaesthesia

The courses in anaesthesia extend from second through the third and fourth dental years. They cover
aspects of pain control and patient management in order to provide the dental student with the
knowledge and skills needed to render the conscious patient freedom from pain and apprehension.

The objectives of the course in second year are to provide the students with the in-depth pharmacology
of those local anaesthetics and vasoconstrictors used in dentistry, as well as the ability to technically
administer these drugs and achieve local anaesthesia. The first part of the course discusses the detailed

68 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
specific injection techniques covering all forms of intra-oral anaesthesia for dentistry in the mandible
and maxilla, their complications, and the required armamentarium. Students then practice these
injection techniques on each other in the clinic. The second part provides an in-depth discussion of the
pharmacology of local anaesthetics.

P. NKANSAH, STAFF

DPP208H1 Endodontics

This course offers the student didactic, preclinical and clinical experiences that are directed towards
fostering understanding about the nature, the diagnosis, and the treatment of pulpal and periapical
disease. The goal of this course is to acquire knowledge and preclinical skills equal to those of second
year DDS students.

The preclinical component is focused on the treatment of anterior and premolar teeth. Both
components are directed towards training the student to perform basic clinical endodontic procedures
with confidence prior to entering the clinics in third year.

G. MALKHASSIAN, STAFF

DPP219H1 Medicine and Pathology

The course is designed to provide basic knowledge of common medical conditions, reviewing the
etiology, pathogenesis, pathologic and clinical features of each condition. The purpose of the course is
to understand the pathologic basis of the medical condition, how it may impact the patient’s health,
how the illness presents clinically at the bedside, and to develop an approach to treating patients with
chronic medical conditions. The relevance of these conditions on the practice of dentistry is
emphasized throughout the course. The course builds upon content learned in Basic Disease
Mechanisms and Pharmacology, but provides a more clinical perspective. The lectures are
complemented with three problem-based learning seminars revolving around real-life scenarios that
may be seen in dental practice.

D. CHUGH, STAFF

DPP222H1 Orthodontics

This course consists of a series of lectures, aiming at familiarizing the students with the material taught
in the 2nd DDS year. During this preclinical phase students review basic orthodontic concepts such as
cephalometrics, model analysis, and basic aspects of orthodontic treatment that they will use in their
diagnosis, treatment planning and patient treatment in the ensuing two years.

S. SURI, STAFF

DPP223H1 Pediatric Dentistry

69 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
This course consists of a didactic and clinical component which is designed to introduce the student to
the fundamental principles and philosophies as they pertain to dentistry for children in order to prepare
the students for entry into the Clinical Core Program in Pediatric Dentistry. The didactic component will
include lectures and laboratory sessions on restorative dentistry for the primary dentition. The didactic
component will include a basic overview of dentistry for children including early childhood care and
prevention, development of the occlusion, introduction of the child to the clinic which includes
information on the administration of local anesthesia, application of rubber dam, and intra oral
radiography.

J. RUKAVINA, STAFF

DPP356Y1 Oral Diagnosis and Oral Medicine

A course of lectures, seminars and clinical sessions teach the student a system of diagnosis of dental
and oral disease. Emphasis is placed on methods of history taking, examination, patient evaluation and
management as well as treatment planning, with special attention to the medically compromised
patient. This course begins in the winter term of second year, and continues to the end of Third Year.

K. BURGESS, STAFF

70 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Graduate Degree Programs

Note: The general regulations listed in the Academic Rules and Regulations (page 174) section of
this Calendar apply to all graduate students registered in the Faculty of Dentistry.

Staff 2018-2019

Associate Dean, Graduate Education

E. Lam

Graduate Faculty

Agur, A. Gong, S-G.

Aubin, J.E. Grynpas, M.

Azarpazhooh, A. Haas, D.

Bressman, T. Hinz, B.

Casas, M.J. Kenny, D.J.

Casper, R.F. Kishen, A.

Cvitkovitch, D.G. Lam, E.

Davies, J.E. Lawrence, H.P.

De Souza, G.M. Lévesque, C.

Dempster, L. Manolson, M.F.

Deporter, D.A. McCulloch, C.A.G.

Dostrovsky, J Moriarty, T.

El-Mowafy, O. Peel, S.

Finer, Y. Prakki, A.

Friedman, S. Quiñonez, C.

Ganss, B. Santerre, J.P.

Glogauer, M. Seltzer, Z.

71 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Sessle, B.J. Simmons, C.

Seth, A. Sone, E.

Sherman, P. Tenenbaum, H.C.

Associate Members

Andrews, P. Iglar, K.

Arat, E. Judd, P.L.

Avivi-Arber, L. Katsikeris, N.

Barrett, E. Kulkarni, G.

Barzilay, I. Lai, J.

Basrani, B. Lam, D.K.

Bradley, G. Lança, A.J.

Caminiti, M. Laporte, A.

Carmichael, R. Leong, I.

Carneiro, K. MacMillan, R.

Cherkas, P. Magalhaes, M.

Chvartszaid, D. Malkhassian, G.

Cioffi, I McComb, R.J.

Daskalogiannakis, J. Mendes, V.

Diwan, R. Metaxas, A.

El-Badrawy, W. Moayedi, M.

Fisher, D. Nainar, H.

Freeman, B. Ouanounou, A.

Ghilzon, R. Perschbacher, S.

Goldberg, M. Pharoah, M.J.

Holmes, H.I. Sectakof, P.

Iakounine, A. Senadheera, D.

72 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Shrestha, A. Tenn-Lyn, N

Shokati, B. Tompson, B.D.

Singhal, S. Voronov, I.

Somogyi-Ganss, E. Wong, M.

Stevens, K. Wood, R.E.

Suri, S.

Sutherland, S.

Tam, L.E.

Emeriti Members

Dao, T.

Ellen, R.P.

Fenton, A.

Liebgott, B.

Mayhall, J.T.

McComb, D.

Mock, D.

Pilliar, R.M.

Ross, R.B.

Sigal, M.J.

Titley, K.

Watson, P.A.

Zarb, G.A.

73 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Introduction

Research-Based Thesis Programs

The Faculty of Dentistry offers a graduate program leading to either a Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy degree. This graduate program appeals to:

1. Applicants who have a degree in dentistry and who are pursuing research training and
advanced clinical education leading to qualification in one of ten dental specialties; and
2. Applicants, both dentists and non-dentists, who are pursuing graduate research training
without advanced clinical education.

Consequently, both the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees have a common core of
course work and consist of three options, with each having varying additional research and training
requirements. The Faculty’s Funding Policy requires that all doctoral stream graduate students receive
base funding support from scholarships, awards and supervisor support equivalent to $17,000 plus
doctoral stream tuition plus fees for a maximum of 2 years for M.Sc. students. Funding for Ph.D. students
that have not yet successfully completed their Qualifying Examination is in the amount of $17,000 plus
doctoral stream tuition plus fees and for Ph.D. students that have completed their Qualifying Examination,
funding increase to $18,500 plus doctoral stream tuition plus fees. Funding for Ph.D. students is
guaranteed for a maximum of 5 years.

Ph.D.

Students in the Ph.D. program involving research training will undertake customized advanced study and
research requiring a minimum of four years full-time attendance. Minimum course requirements
include the course DEN1100Y Doctoral Seminars in Oral Health Sciences, Research Ethics (DEN1010H), plus
an additional 2.5 full course equivalents (FCE) that includes the course DEN1015H Introduction to
Biostatistics; submission of a thesis, which constitutes a distinct contribution to knowledge in the field.
After 12 months and within 24 months of starting a Ph.D. program, candidates will be expected to pass a
qualifying oral examination to demonstrate an adequate capacity for dental research through previous
work and a thesis proposal.

M.Sc.

The program will ordinarily require one year of full-time registration; however, it is the Faculty’s
expectation that students will normally remain in full-time attendance on campus to enable full
participation in departmental activities for two years. The first year of the program will include
development of a research project and proposal, and course work, while the second year will be
devoted largely to research and thesis completion and defense. Course work will normally include, as a
minimum, fulfillment of the requirements for the course, DEN1001Y Master’s Seminars in Oral
Health Sciences, Research Ethics (DEN1010H) and successful completion of an additional 1.5 course
equivalents (FCE) that includes the course Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H). Permission for part-
time studies may be given if the proposed research is determined to be of a nature that can best be

74 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
accommodated by part-time studies. Information on Ph.D. and M.Sc. doctoral-stream programs and
regulations are found in the Calendar of the School of Graduate Studies.

Flexible-Time Program

The Department offers a flexible-time Ph.D. program for selected students whose career goal is a full-
time academic position in a clinical specialty. Candidates concurrently establish their teaching and
academic credentials. The major goal upon program completion is to enable candidates to compete for
university tenure-stream professorial positions in their clinical science specialty. Students in this program
will be guaranteed funding at the Faculty’s minimum doctoral stream level for years one to four of this
program.

The program, which is dedicated to research experience, does not involve clinical training other than
clinical research methodology, and entails completion of the research and course work requirements for
the Ph.D. degree half-time, while teaching in a clinical specialty half-time.

Applicants must meet all School of Graduate Studies and Graduate Department of Dentistry admission
requirements for entry to the Ph.D. program. In addition, applicants must have attained a professional
degree equivalent to the University of Toronto D.D.S. and a graduate degree equivalent to the University
of Toronto M.Sc. Preference is given to:

1. applicants who have completed specialty education equivalent to the standard required for licensure
as a specialist by the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario and

2. applicants who hold a University appointment in Canada at an academic standard equivalent to the
University of Toronto Lecturer.

Appropriate research supervision and advisory committee membership, customized plan of study, and
timetable for the completion of the degree requirements, as approved by the Associate Dean of
Graduate Education, will be in place at program commencement.

The Chair and Coordinator of Graduate Studies monitor progress by review of completed advisory
committee reports based on annual meetings of the student with the supervisory
committee. Candidates will normally be expected to pass a qualifying oral examination to
demonstrate an adequate capacity for dental research through previous work and a thesis proposal.
Although the minimum residency requirement for the Ph.D. is one year, the anticipated completion
date for the flexible-time Ph.D. program will be within five to six years from the registration date.
The maximum time for completion will normally be eight years. Candidates are required to:

1. complete minimum course work requirements (to include DEN1100Y Doctoral Seminars in Oral
Health Sciences, Research Ethics (DEN1010H) plus an additional 2.5 full course equivalents (FCE) that
includes the course Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H);
2. after 12 months and within 24 months of starting the flex-time program successfully complete the
qualifying oral examination to demonstrate an adequate capacity for dental research through previous
work and a thesis proposal.

75 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
3. participate in all graduate research activities of the advisor’s research group;

4. conduct research leading to completion of the thesis;


5. present at meetings and publish original research findings in timely fashion; and

6. participate as members of departmental and student committees as applicable.

Research-Based Programs Including Specialty Training

M.Sc. – Thesis option is offered for dental graduates seeking advanced training in a clinical specialty as
well as training in research. The program requires two to four years of full time registration, depending
upon the clinical specialty, and involves completion of an original research project culminating in an oral
defense of a written thesis, and completion of clinical and didactic coursework requirements as
necessary to meet requirements for the degree that includes successful completion of the courses
DEN1014H Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care; DEN1015H Introduction to Biostatistics;
Research Ethics (DEN1010H) and DEN1001Y Master’s Seminars in Oral Health Sciences. Upon completion
of all program requirements students are eligible for the graduate degree, and for Specialty, Fellowship,
or Board Certification in the chosen dental specialty.

M.Sc. – Coursework only option is offered for dental graduates seeking advanced training in a clinical
specialty in which additional coursework is undertaken as an alternative to a thesis. It is offered at the
discretion of the Graduate Specialty Program Director. Admission, to the M.Sc. (Dental Public Health)
coursework only option, may be granted to dental hygienists with a 4 yr B.Sc. degree with dental
hygiene credentials.

This program requires two to four years of full time registration, depending upon the clinical specialty,
entails completion of all clinical and didactic coursework necessary for the chosen specialty that includes
successful completion of the courses Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H);
Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H); Research Ethics (DEN1010H) and Master’s Seminars in Oral
Health Sciences (DEN1001Y) along with three half-courses in clinical, epidemiological, or basic science
research methodology appropriate for clinical or public health practice. In addition, preparation;
completion; and oral defense of a one-half course weighted Research Practicum (DEN1061H). Upon
completion of all program requirements students are eligible for the graduate degree. Graduands with
the exception of dental hygienists, are eligible for Specialty, Fellowship, or Board Certification in the
chosen dental specialty.

Program Transfer – M.Sc. to Ph.D.

M.Sc. students pursuing either of the M.Sc. doctoral-stream, and the M.Sc. specialty-thesis option,
who are demonstrating excellent progress in all facets of their program, may apply to transfer from
the M.Sc. to the Ph.D. degree. Transfer examination timeframes vary according to the M.Sc. option

76 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
being pursued, usually between 18 to 24 months from program commencement.

Ph.D. Specialty thesis option is offered for exceptional dental graduates seeking advanced training in a
clinical specialty as well as training in research at the Ph.D. level. The purpose of this program is to train
clinician/scientists who aspire to teaching and research careers in oral health sciences. The program
involves completion of an original research project culminating in an oral defense of a written thesis,
completion of the course Doctoral Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1100Y), plus an additional 1.0
full-course equivalent (FCE) pertaining to the research component of the program, together with
completion of clinical and didactic course work requirements as necessary for the chosen clinical
specialty that includes successful completion of the courses Clinical Epidemiology and
Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H), Research Ethics (DEN1010H) and Introduction to Biostatistics
(DEN1015H). After 12 months and within 24 months of starting a Ph.D. program, candidates will be
expected to pass a qualifying oral examination to demonstrate an adequate capacity for dental research
through previous work and a thesis proposal.

These programs meet CDA educational accreditation guidelines for eligibility for Specialty, Fellowship
or Board Certification in the dental specialties listed below. This applies to registrants in all specialty
programs with the exception of Dental Hygienists registered in the M.Sc. (Dental Public Health)
Coursework only option:

Dental Anaesthesia
Dental Public Health
Endodontics
Oral Pathology & Oral Medicine
Oral Pathology Oral Medicine
Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology
Orthodontics
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
Pediatric Dentistry
Periodontology
Prosthodontics

All programs are a minimum of three years, except Dental Public Health, (2 years) Oral Pathology &
Oral Medicine, and Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (4 years). The M.Sc. Specialty program has a
prescribed timetable, whereas the Ph.D. Specialty thesis option is individualized.

It should be noted that the University of Toronto degree does not in itself confer the right of
certification as a specialist. In Ontario this is the prerogative of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of
Ontario, to which all questions regarding certification should be addressed (see Section of this
Calendar entitled “License for Dental Practice”).

Students (with the exception of Dental Hygienists) receiving additional clinical instruction for Specialty,

77 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Fellowship or Board Certification eligibility must not only meet the minimum requirements set out
above, but in addition, in an extended residency period, must meet the requirements demanded for
specialty certification.

Statement of Good Academic Standing

A student is considered to be in “good academic standing” when they maintain the requirements of
minimum grade performance in coursework (B-) and meet at least once per academic year (July 1 to
June 30) with their Advisory Committee and have submitted an Advisory Committee Report to the
Student Services Office for review by the Associate Dean for Graduate Education following such a
meeting. Failure to maintain good academic standing may result in various sanctions, including
ineligibility for financial assistance, lowest priority for bursaries and assistantships, and even
termination.

A student who encounters difficulties arranging a meeting of this Committee should consult the
Student Services Office in advance of the relevant deadline for doing so. A student who, through his
or her own neglect, fails to meet with their Advisory Committee in a given academic year will be
considered to have received an unsatisfactory progress report from the Committee. In each of two
consecutive Advisory Committee meetings, if a student's Advisory Committee reports that the
student's progress is unsatisfactory, the Associate Dean for Graduate Education in consultation
with the supervisor may recommend to the School of Graduate Studies the termination of
registration and eligibility of that student.

Admission

Candidates will be accepted under the general regulations of the School of Graduate Studies. Eligible
applicants must have either a dental degree or a 4-year Bachelor’s degree with a B+ or 3.30 GPA (MSc
program) or a A- or 3.70 GPA (PhD program) standing in the final year, or possess equivalent
qualifications.

The selection of applicants will be subject to availability of supervision, funding and facilities, and to
the applicant’s suitability for the program sought.

Application Deadlines for M.Sc./Ph.D. Specialist Dental Training programs:

June 1 (year preceding admission)


Endodontics
Periodontology
Prosthodontics

August 1 (year preceding admission)


Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

78 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
September 1 (year preceding admission)
Dental Anaesthesia
Oral Pathology
Oral Medicine
Oral Pathology & Oral Medicine
Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology
Orthodontics
Paediatric Dentistry

January 15 (year of admission)

Dental Public Health (first application deadline)

Only under exceptional circumstances will applications received after the closing dates be considered.

Enrolment to these programs is limited and is normally as follows:

Dental Anaesthesia -- 2
Dental Public Health -- 5
Endodontics -- 3
Oral Pathology/Oral Medicine/Oral Pathology & Oral Medicine -- 1
Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology -- 2
Orthodontics -- 4
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery -- 3*
Pediatric Dentistry -- 4
Periodontology -- 3
Prosthodontics -- 2

*Annual enrolment is 2 Ministry of Health (MOH) funded students and 1 International Non MOH funded
student with full Government/ Home University financial support.

Applicants who have been accepted to these programs are required, immediately on acceptance, to
pay a $2,000 deposit, which will be credited against their fees upon registration.

Facility in English

As English is the primary language of instruction and communication at the University of Toronto,
applicants must demonstrate an adequate level of proficiency in English, regardless of their citizenship
status or country of origin. Applicants from universities outside Canada where English is not the primary
language of instruction must provide results of an English language proficiency examination as part of
their application. Tests must have been taken within the last 2 years at the time of submission of their
application. Acceptable proof of English facility must be submitted by the application deadline. Official
test scores must be sent by the testing agency directly to the University of Toronto. Our institution code
is 0982. The following tests are recognized:

79 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
a) Test of English as a Foreign (TOEFL): The Minimum requirement is TOEFL PBT - total
score 580 + 5.0 on TWE and for TOEFL IBT - total score 93 + 22 on Writing/Speaking.
b) Michigan English Language Assessment Battery (MELAB): The minimum requirement is an
overall score of 85.
c) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) Academic Module: The minimum
requirement is an overall band of 7.0, with no band below 6.5.
d) The Certificate of Proficiency in English (COPE): The minimum requirement is an overall
score of 76, with 32 in Writing and 22 in each of the Reading and Listening sections.
e) Academic Preparation ESL, School of Continuing Studies, University of Toronto: The
minimum requirement is a grade of 'B' at the 60/Advanced level.

Note: We will not exempt from English facility testing any applicant who studied in English in a country
where the primary language is not English.

The Faculty will exempt from English Facility testing for any student who has completed a degree at a
recognized university in one of the following countries: Australia, Barbados, Botswana, Ghana, Guyana,
Hong Kong, Ireland, Jamaica, Kenya, Lesotho, Liberia, Malawi, Malta, Nambia, New Zealand, Nigeria,
Papua New Guinea, Sierra Leone, Singapore, South Africa, Swaziland, Tanzania, Trinidad and Tobago,
Uganda, United Kingdom, United States of America, Zambia, and Zimbabwe.

How to Apply

To apply to the graduate program with Dental Specialty training applicants must complete the online
application form from the School of Graduate Studies website at: https://apply.sgs.utoronto.ca/.

In addition to the online application form the following documents must be received by the Admissions
Office by the application deadline:

 Non-refundable application service fee of $ 285.00 CDN payable to the University of Toronto.
Payment may be made by credit card, certified check, or money order. We do not accept
personal checks or cash.
 A statement outlining your interest in the program. Include information on your background,
interest, aptitude and ability for the Specialty Program. If available include information on the
research project you wish to pursue.
 A Curriculum Vitae or Resume.
 Official transcripts of your academic record from each university attended are required for
admission. Applicants who attended universities outside North America must provide notarized
English translations to accompany all foreign documentation not written in English. It is the
applicant's responsibility to arrange for transcript(s) to be sent directly from their institution to
the Admissions Office. Academic records must be enclosed in an envelope provided by the
institution(s) concerned and sealed or signed across the back of the envelope. Do not open.
University of Toronto students applying to the dentistry program do not need to send in their
official University of Toronto transcripts. We will download them from ROSI.

If academic records are interim pending completion of studies in progress, official final academic
records indicating that the degree has been conferred must be submitted to the Admissions Office
as soon as possible and before admission can be finalized. The School of Graduate Studies

80 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
includes instructions about clearing these conditions on the Offer of Admission.

 At least TWO supporting letters of reference are required. If referees are submitting hard copies of
their reference letters, ask your referees to enclose the letter (there is no departmental form to be
completed) of reference in a sealed envelope with a signature across the seal.
 Proof of English facility (if applicable) sent directly by the testing agency to the University of Toronto.
 For international students proof of sufficient funding for the duration of the intended program of
study is required. Documentation is to be prepared and submitted by your financial institution or
financial sponsor.

Applicants to the M.Sc. or Ph.D. degree programs with specialty training in Dental Anaesthesia are
required to register with the Postgraduate Dental Matching Program.

The online application allows applicants to manage and submit all the required admissions documents
listed above. All documents may be submitted together with your online application electronically,
or hard copies can be submitted directly to the Admissions Office at:

Admissions Office
Faculty of Dentistry
124 Edward Street, Room 104
Toronto, ON M5G1G6
Canada

NOTE: Hard Copies of all transcripts together with all transcript keys from all post-secondary
institutions attended must be submitted in sealed envelopes from the issuing institution(s) directly to
the Admissions Office at the Faculty of Dentistry before the application deadline even if you upload an
electronic copy of your transcript to your online application.

Selection and Notification of Applicants

The selection of applicants is made by the Graduate Admission Committee from each corresponding
dental department. Shortlisted applicants will be invited for an interview based on their potential as
shown by all their application documents. Those not invited for an interview will be informed as well.
Interview notifications are sent out as follows:

 Late August for programs in Endodontics, Periodontology and Prosthodontics.


 Late November for all other programs.
 Late April for the program in Dental Public Health.

A $2000.00 (CDN) deposit will be required from each applicant granted admission. It will be applied to
the fees providing he/she registers.

Registration and Requirements

Students must register at the School of Graduate Studies at the times prescribed by the School and must
also register at the Faculty of Dentistry. Students attending during the May-August period will be
required to complete their registration at the time the program starts. Students whose programs are
incomplete at September 28 of the final program year are required to re- register and pay per term fees

81 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
in September, at the beginning of a new academic year.

Graduate Student Certificate (License)

Candidates enrolled in clinical courses must hold a General Certificate (License) or obtain a Graduate
Students Certificate (License) from the RCDSO. Candidates must maintain current RCDSO certification
for the duration of the program of study and bear all associated costs.

Clinics Associated with the Faculty

Due to liability issues, students working in a Faculty clinic must be supervised by a Faculty member at all
times whenever they are treating patients and all work must be done within normal clinic hours.
Students who disregard this regulation will be subject to suspension from the clinics.

Applicants with a Communicable Disease

All Faculty of Dentistry students are expected to be in a state of health such that they may participate in
the academic program, including patient care, without posing a risk to themselves or to others. Students
with a communicable disease may pursue their studies only as long as their continued involvement does
not pose a health or safety hazard to themselves or others. Such a health or safety hazard, if protracted,
may preclude them from participation in clinical work essential to the satisfactory completion of their
program of study. The health status of all students shall remain confidential. Registration status for HBV
Carriers remains CONDITIONAL until the Expert Panel on Infectious Diseases reviews their case.

CPR

All graduate students examining patients and/or rendering clinical treatment to them are required to
show certification in CPR before they may register in the first year of their program. Annual certification
in the CPR course is required before students will be permitted to register in subsequent years of their
program. Overseas students who have difficulty satisfying the regulations in their first year of
registration should consult with the Associate Dean of Graduate Education.

Attendance
Students may not engage in outside employment without the written consent of their supervisor and/or
Graduate Specialty Program Director. All graduate programs are full-time unless specified otherwise and
full-time attendance is required. Students may be employed outside the University only with the written
permission of the supervisor and/or Graduate Specialty Program Director. Employment must be limited
to an average of 10 hours per week in any term.

Vacation Policy

Graduate students are permitted to take up to 2 weeks’ vacation time per academic year, in addition to
the Winter Break, Reading Week and statutory holidays. In exceptional circumstances, additional time
may be granted. Students must request the permission of their supervisor and/or Graduate Specialty
Program Director in advance.

82 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Health Protection Requirements

The general regulations regarding health protection apply to graduate and postgraduate students. See
General Regulations in Section 8.

University of Toronto Policy on Official Correspondence with Students

The University and its divisions may use the postal mail system and/or electronic message services (e.g.,
electronic mail and other computer-based on-line correspondence systems) as mechanisms for
delivering official correspondence to students. Students are responsible for maintaining and advising the
University, on the University’s student information system (currently ROSI), of a current and valid postal
address as well as the address for a University-issued electronic mail account that meets a standard of
service set by the Vice-President and Provost. Students are expected to monitor and retrieve their mail,
including electronic messaging account(s) issued to them by the University, on a frequent and consistent
basis. Students have the responsibility to recognize that certain communications may be time-critical.
Students have the right to forward their University-issued electronic mail account to another electronic
mail service provider but remain responsible for ensuring that all University electronic message
communication sent to the official University-issued account is received and read.

Grading

SGS and Faculty of Dentistry Postgraduate Dental Education approved courses are graded as follows:

Letter Numerical Grade

Grade Scale Marks Definition

A+ 90 - 100% Excellent
A 85 - 89% Excellent
A- 80 - 84% Excellent
B+ 77 - 79% Good
B- 70 - 72% Good
FZ 0 - 69% Inadequate

Effective 2003-04, the SGS grading scale applies to all SGS and non-SGS courses undertaken. Failure to
obtain a B- in any course in any M.Sc./Ph.D. program, may lead to termination of registration. Should a
student be permitted to continue, he or she must repeat the relevant course, or an alternate course
recommended by the Graduate Department of Dentistry and the School of Graduate Studies, and
obtain a satisfactory grade. The FZ, as well as the report for the completed or alternate course will
appear on the student’s academic record.

83 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Graduate Courses

GRADUATE COURSES OFFERED BY THE FACULTY TO MEET DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y Seminars in Oral Health Sciences

(CR/NCR)

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences is required as part of the program for all M.Sc. and Ph.D. students at the
Faculty of Dentistry. The course is designed to demonstrate research progress, develop and enhance
presentation skills to a large audience, field questions and chair a seminar session. As part of this
program, students must also meet individually with an instructor from the University of Toronto Health
Sciences Writing Centre, one to two weeks before their seminar to receive expert advice on presentation
skills and the design of their presentation.

Requirements: M.Sc. students are required to present one 20-minute seminar and one poster at the
Faculty of Dentistry Research Day, during the course of their program and Ph.D. students are required to
present two 20-minute seminars and two posters at the Faculty of Dentistry Research during the course
of their program; the first seminar and poster are to be presented in the year of their transfer or
qualifying examination, and the second seminar and poster are to be presented during the year of their
thesis defense. The presenting student supervisors are expected to attend the student seminar. All
M.Sc. graduate students must chair one session during their program. All Ph.D. graduate students must
chair two sessions in their program. Attendance: For the M.Sc. and Ph.D. students who are not
undertaking concurrent clinical specialty training, a minimum of 50% attendance of the sessions is
required in each year of the program until the successful defense of their thesis. For M.Sc. and Ph.D.
students who are undertaking concurrent clinical specialty training, a minimum of 50% attendance is
required in the year(s) required by the Specialty Program Director. All students must complete and
submit the evaluation form for each session they attend. Evaluation: Proof of attendance of each
student is based on the evaluation forms, confirmation of the attendance in individual session with the
instructors from the University of Toronto Health Sciences Writing Centre before the oral
presentation(s), and the confirmation of the poster presentation(s) at the Faculty of Dentistry Research
Day. A grade of credit is assigned on satisfactory completion. M.Sc. students register in DEN1001Y and
Ph.D. student register in DEN1100Y

A. KISHEN

DEN1010H Research Ethics

This course aims to highlight ethical values and regulations in different topics that are research-related:
scientific writing, confidentiality agreements, students mentoring, research with humans, animals and
biological samples, etc. The course involves participation in a seminar and the fulfillment of an online
course offered by the Tri-council Funding Agencies of Canada. The same seminar will be offered in two
different dates and attendance in one of the sessions is mandatory. Additionally, proof of completion of
an online tutorial course “Tri-Council Policy Statement 2 – Tutorial Course on Research Ethics” is
required. This is a credit, non-credit course.

G.M. DE SOUZA

84 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN1014S Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care is a core course in the Faculty of Dentistry. Successful
completion of this course is one of the program requirements for the dental graduates seeking
advanced training in a clinical specialty. This course will demonstrate the scientific basis for clinical
decision-making in prognosis, causation, diagnosis and therapy following the principles of evidence-
based health care. Examples from the dental literature are used to illustrate the concepts and their
practical application. The specific objectives of the course are: 1) to introduce principles of
epidemiology as applied to clinical research; 2) to provide Clinical Specialty Graduate students with the
fundamental scientific skills in clinical epidemiology to enable them to practice evidence-based dental
care; 3) to provide the students with skills in answering questions using biomedical literature; 4) to
provide students with the skills needed to critically appraise a biomedical research article.

A. AZARPAZHOOH, STAFF

DEN1015F Introduction to Biostatistics

The Introduction to Biostatistics course is designed to provide graduate dental students with an
understanding of the statistical methods necessary for data analysis and literature interpretation. The
course covers: the summary of quantitative and qualitative data; normal curve principles; the t-test,
one-way, factorial and repeated-measures analysis of variance; chi-square tests and other non-
parametric methods; simple regression and correlation; multiple regression and ANCOVA. Special
topics, such as examiner agreement and sample size estimation, are also included. In addition, the
course offers an introduction to logistic regression and survival analysis. The course includes both
lecture and computer lab sessions. Students are taught to create and manipulate dental datasets and
conduct statistical analysis of data using commonly available computer applications (e.g.,SPSS).
References from the dental literature are used extensively during the course and material covered in
lectures and labs is tailored whenever possible to the particular needs of the students’ research
projects.
H.P. LAWRENCE

DEN1022F Investigating Pathogenic Biofilms

This graduate course focuses on fundamental biology of microbial biofilms and how biofilm ecology
impacts on the pathogenesis of infections. The course draws knowledge of microbiology, molecular
biology, and functional genomics/proteomics. The course consists of seminar sessions that are intended
to teach graduate students how to appreciate and evaluate biofilm research at the leading edge of this
field. It is intended as a core course for graduate students whose specialty areas deal with biofilm-related
diseases and for doctoral stream students from diverse SGS departments, whose research centers on
bacterial adhesion, bacterial physiology, and molecular genetics.

C.M. LEVESQUE, STAFF

DEN1060F Oral Physiology: Sensory and Neuromuscular Functions

This is a lecture- and seminar- based course held for graduate and postgraduate students in the first-
term of the academic year (2 hours per week). Attendees will gain an in-depth understanding of the

85 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
current knowledge in the field of orofacial sensory and motor functions, and critical reading and summary
of articles in this field as well as experience in preparing and delivering critiqued seminars. The following
topics will be covered: a review of structural and functional neuroanatomy,
neurophysiology, neurochemistry, neurogenetics, psychophysics, and
behavioral studies relevant to the orofacial region, garnered using rodent and human models, as related
to the sensations of touch, temperature, taste and pain in the orofacial region. The course will also
review unique peripheral and central neurophysiological mechanisms of somatosensory functions
involving orofacial skin, mucosa, periodontium, tooth pulp, periosteum, tendons, muscles,
temporomandibular joint, salivary glands, and taste buds. Also covered are motor aspects of the
neurophysiology of the orofacial region, including muscle physiology and its
relationship to reflex and voluntary orofacial motor activity manifesting as mastication, swallowing, facial
expression, speech and sleep; as well as basic and clinical pathophysiological correlates of the
above functions.

Z. SELTZER, L. AVIVI-ARBER, P. CHERKAS, M. MOAYEDI, G. LAVIGNE, I. CIOFFI, STAFF

DEN1070F/S Advances in Dental Materials Science

A lecture and seminar course with assigned reading which will review the developments occurring in the
field of biomaterials, as they relate to clinical dentistry. The course material is presented in three
modules; 1. Materials: Processing and Technologies, reviewing polymeric, metallic and tissue-derived
biomaterials; 2. Advances in the study of Material/Biological Interfaces as they relate to protein, enzyme
and cell interactions with biomaterials, as well as investigations examining the physical and chemical
interactions of biomaterials with whole tissues; and 3. Clinical Applications and Associated Biomaterial
issues (including material testing, failures and drug delivery) in all the dental specialties. Students will be
assessed throughout the term based on three criteria; (a) ability to identify clinical and/or scientific
problems related to issues discussed in class; (b) to propose viable approaches to study the problems;
and (c) to be able to convey these ideas using an analytical approach. (Offered in alternate years –
available 2018-19)

Y. FINER, STAFF

DEN1080Y Biology of Connective Tissues

A multidisciplinary approach is used to review and discuss the structure and function of connective
tissue matrix in health and disease. The regulation of cells in connective tissues is considered in general,
with significant emphasis devoted to periodontal tissues and bone. Most of the material is presented in
seminars and in discussions of relevant publications. An important part of the course includes student
presentations and the preparation of a grant application. The course is designed to accommodate
primarily the interests of graduate students. (Offered in alternate years – not available 2018-19)
C.A.G. MCCULLOCH

DEN1081S Bone Interfacing Implants

Osseointegration is a central tenant of current dental therapy—yet, not only is the concept poorly
understood, but the terminology and dogma surrounding this vitally important concept confuses even the
most engaged practitioners. This course discusses the concept of osseointegration from the perspective of
bone biology. Bone is one of the many connective tissues; and to understand bone biology one has to have

86 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
an understanding of connective tissue structure and function. Of course, to truly understand the interface
a multidisciplinary approach is necessary to take into account both the material and biological variables.
To address this subject matter, the course is centered around every student being able to identify and
critically evaluate each of the connective tissues. We do this by spending considerable time studying the
microscopic structure of connective tissues; recording observations; and sharing information between the
group. While this is happening a series of spontaneous tutorials, generated predominantly as a function of
student inquiry, guides the group towards a unique understanding of the biology of, and logic that drives,
osseointegration. It transpires that osseointegration is a wound healing phenomenon that reflects many
natural phenomena where a new equilibrium is established following a disruption of homeostasis.
Recently, as a result of work undertaken at the U of T, it has become possible, for the first time, to
objectively compare the osseointegration rate and ultimate strength of bone anchorage of differing
implant designs. Neither prior knowledge of connective tissue biology, nor material surface design, is
required; but an inquiring mind is essential. (Offered in alternate years – available 2018-19).
J.E. DAVIES, STAFF

DEN1082H Biomaterials for Implant Treatment in Dentistry

This seminar course focuses on the composition, structure, properties and biological effects of
intraosseous dental implants and other tissue interfacing implants. Such tissue interfacing implants will
include biodegradable and non-degradable materials for guided tissue regeneration as well as materials
used for hard and soft tissue augmentation. Methods used to process materials with reference to
diffusion zones, sintering, films and coatings will be examined in combination with implant design
considerations. Materials and design related advantages and disadvantages of abutment coupling
systems are included. (Offered in alternate years – not available in 2018-19).

Y. FINER, STAFF

DEN1098F/S Reading Course in Oral Health Sciences

The purpose of this course is to offer instruction in specialized topics that are not part of regular
graduate courses. It consists of assigned readings that are discussed in weekly meetings with the
course director.

Interested students should approach the graduate staff member whom they would like to direct their
reading course. Staff members who agree to direct a course should submit a course outline that
includes a list of papers to be discussed and the grading method to be used, to the Associate Dean,
Graduate Education. The reading course must conform to regulations established by the Department
and the School of Graduate Studies (Available in the Student Services Office). The Faculty will normally
only consider one reading course to complete your degree requirements. In exceptional circumstances
this requirement may be waived.

GRADUATE COURSES OFFERED BY THE FACULTY TO MEET SPECIALITY DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

DEN1002S Oral Pathology

This is a weekly seminar course that reviews the pathology of oral soft and hard tissues, to prepare
graduate students in various Dental Specialty Programs for specialty practice. Students are expected to
participate in discussions of the pathology underlying broad categories of disease, for example, infections,

87 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
developmental defects, reactive hyperplasia, benign and malignant tumors, and to use this understanding
to develop rational schemes for differential diagnosis and treatment.
I. LEONG, STAFF

DEN1003F Preventive Dentistry

This course will use the lecture-seminar format to provide discussions and to develop critical thinking
among graduate students about the factors involved in the prevention and risk assessment of oral
diseases. The course is available for all graduate students at the faculty. Preventive Dentistry aims to
maintain and improve the oral health status of patients by keeping an optimal balance between health
and risk of disease throughout life. The typical image of preventive dentistry has been linked to
preventing dental caries. However, from the overall perspective of systemic health, caries only
represents part of ‘preventive oral health’. Preventive dentistry needs to integrate with all health and
social service providers in terms of primary prevention (to keep healthy and to prevent initiation of
disease), the secondary prevention (to prevent disease from worsening) and the tertiary prevention (to
restore the original oral functions lost by disease damage).
C. QUIÑONEZ, STAFF

DEN1006Y Dental Public Health Seminars

This survey course examines basic issues in dental public health including the determinants of health,
primary health care, oral health care systems, including insurance, dental health economics, health
planning and evaluation, and ethical considerations. The course is available for all graduate students at
the faculty.
C. QUIÑONEZ, STAFF

DEN1007F Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology

This lecture and seminar course will review fundamental principles of radiobiology and radiation
protection, and the application of conventional and advanced imaging modalities in the interpretation of
abnormalities of the oral and maxillofacial region that may be encountered in the practice of the dental
specialties.

E. W. N LAM, STAFF

DEN1008S Cone Beam CT Imaging

This lecture and seminar course builds on the image interpretation concepts developed in DEN 1007F
(Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology); a graduate level course for students enrolled in one of the M.Sc./dental
specialty programs. This new course specifically emphasizes the applications of three-dimensional imaging
in the form of limited/small (≤ 8 cm) field-of-view cone beam computed tomography in the dental
specialties.

Successful completion of this course will enable the student to make application to the Royal College of
Dental Surgeons of Ontario for a permit to own and/or operate a limited/small field-of-view cone beam CT
system on graduation. Prerequisite: DEN 1007F.

E. W. N. LAM, STAFF

88 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN1011Y Advanced Seminars in Oral Pathology

This course is designed for the graduate students in Oral Pathology. In addition to the review of all cases
received in the Oral Pathology Diagnostic Service, it consists of formal and informal seminars on current
topics in general pathology, oral histopathology and clinical oral pathology. The Oral Pathology course
(DEN1002S) must be taken either before or simultaneously with this course.

G. BRADLEY, STAFF

DEN1012Y Oral Medicine

This course is conducted in various relevant departments of the University affiliated teaching hospitals.
Experience is obtained in the investigation, diagnosis and management of a wide range of diseases and
disorders of the oral and craniofacial structures including oral mucosal and salivary gland
diseases/disorders and orofacial pain/dysfunctions. As well, students gain experience in the
management of patients with complicating medical conditions.

I. LEONG, STAFF

DEN1013Y Oral Surgical Pathology

The course is organized as a series of clinical-pathological conferences and covers all forms of disease of
the mouth. A case-based approach is used for teaching and learning. Emphasis is placed on synthesizing
clinical, radiographic and histological data for a comprehensive evaluation of the case being discussed.
The material for study is derived from surgical pathology cases from the Oral Pathology Diagnostic
Service and the major teaching hospitals. Current cases of interest are studied and in addition the
surgical pathology of all oral disease is covered in a systematic manner.

The course is divided into two sections. The first part is the clinical-pathological component held
weekly. Students have the opportunity to review the case histories and virtual microscopic slides of
the cases to be presented in the upcoming session, so they can be prepared to discuss the differential
diagnosis and treatment, as well as controversies in treatment and topics that require further clinical
research. The second part consists of a rotation for individual students to Oral Pathology, to be
organized with the head of the respective graduate programs. The rotation provides an immersion in
Oral Pathology that is appropriate for the student’s future specialty practice.
G. BRADLEY, STAFF

DEN1016S Occlusion: Function and Dysfunction

This course integrates current knowledge of dental occlusion by presenting a multidisciplinary array of
lectures delivered by experts in prosthodontics, periodontics, orthodontics, pedodontics, oral and
maxillofacial surgery, dental materials, oral neurophysiology, speech pathology and sleep bruxism. It
also utilizes topical reading and evidence-based discussion seminars led by course participants and
critical appraisal assignments of recent peer-reviewed publications. The aims of this course are to
demonstrate that multidisciplinary clinical approaches that take into consideration developmental,
biological, neurophysiological, psychological and biomechanical factors are indispensable in the
diagnosis, management and prevention of a dysfunctional dental occlusion. This course is targeted
principally at postgraduate candidates in clinical dental specialties. Participants are required to have a

89 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
dental degree. Successful completion of the course is based on mandatory attendance and in all
seminars, active, and evaluation of a topic presentation, written assignment, short quizzes and
participation and demonstration of critical appraisal skills in the seminars and the written assignments.
(Offered in alternate years – available 2018-19).

L. AVIVI-ARBER, STAFF

DEN1017S Temporomandibular Disorders

The objective of this course is to integrate the latest evidence in basic and clinical sciences related to
orofacial pains including the temporomandibular disorders, in order to improve knowledge on pain
differential diagnosis, etiologies, mechanisms and evidence-based management. The course will also
address the socioeconomic burden of acute and chronic pain, in addition to their effects on the patient’s
quality of life. The topics will be presented by various scholars, dental and medical specialists. (Offered in
alternate years –not available 2018-19).

I. CIOFFI, STAFF

DEN1033Y Yr I; DEN1034Y Yr II; and DEN1035Y Yr III - Periodontology - Seminars and Clinics

This ongoing course represents a three-year major program consisting of educational experiences
targeted directly at developing the knowledge and clinical skill required of a specialist in periodontics,
including many aspects not covered in other required courses. Seminars will include Conscious
Sedation, Periodontics-Prosthodontics Treatment Planning, Therapeutics, Clinical Photography, Practice
Management, and Surgical Periodontics. Clinical rotations include Implant Prosthodontic Unit,
Periodontal Consultation Service for severe and refractory diseases, and hospital rotations for
Periodontal Care of Medically Compromised patients, oral medicine, and diagnosis and treatment of
facial pain and temporomandibular disorders. Residents will also be exposed to training in single drug
I.V. sedation techniques, and other conscious sedation methods. There will be seminars in oral medicine
and in the interrelationships of Orthodontics, Endodontics and Prosthodontics with Periodontology. (See
Clinical Conferences).

J. LAI, STAFF

DEN1036Y Periodontology - Literature Review in Periodontology Yr I & II

The literature review program combines required reading and review of discussion points in order to gain
an understanding of the classic and current literature in the field of periodontology. Each week, the
student is presented with a list of articles that cover a given subject in its entirety. The student is
expected over the course of the year to have read and be familiar with each article. Articles are chosen
due to their “classic” standing, or because they highlight a given learning objective. This allows to student
to focus on these articles for the weekly discussions in our seminar series. Along with a “classic” literature
review, seminars are designated for current literature review in the most recent journals.
M. GOLDBERG, STAFFDEN1037Y Clinical Case Presentations - Yrs II & III

Residents present their clinical cases and are expected to defend the treatment provided. All aspects of
the presentation will be covered which includes the medical history, clinical and radiographic
interpretation, diagnosis, etiology, prognosis, treatment planning, therapy and periodontal
maintenance.

90 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
V. MENDES, STAFF

DEN1038Y - Biomaterials & Implant/Reconstructive Dentistry - Yrs II & III

The didactic portion involves seminars that focus on the surgical and restorative aspects of implant
therapy, biomaterials, tissue biology and tissue engineering. The clinical aspect is primarily related to
treatment planning and techniques in advanced implant reconstructive and plastics such as the surgical
principles and techniques on various implant systems, ridge augmentation and site development
procedures.
J. LAI, STAFF

DEN1039Y Periodontology - Principles and Practice of – Yrs I, II, and III

These weekly seminars review the clinical cases that are being performed by the residents. The
treatment plan, appropriate therapy and relevant periodontal literature are discussed. Residents will
also present selected topics on various aspects related to periodontal therapy.

V. MENDES, STAFF

DEN1041Y Prosthodontics I – Prosthodontic Treatment Planning

Patients demonstrate a wide range of phenotypes and treatment needs following congenital conditions
or diseases that have affected the orofacial complex. Consequently, comprehensive treatment plans are
required for all patients in need of complex rehabilitative care. The focus of these weekly sessions are
patient presentations given by the residents, with an expectation that treatment plans will be
articulated in the context of evidence-based and patient-mediated concerns.

D. CHVARTSZAID, STAFF

DEN1042Y Prosthodontics II – Restorative dentistry

The seminar course will cover recent advances in methods and materials in restorative dentistry and
fixed prosthodontics. Management of dentate segments (vs. edentulous segments) and
management of treatment complications will also be addressed. The specific topics in this course
will vary from year to year. (offered in alternate years – not available 2018-19)

D. CHVARTSZAID, STAFF

DEN1043Y Prosthodontics III - Patients with the Partially Edentulous Mouth and Advanced
Prosthodontic Care

This course will consist of seminars, including critical appraisal of the relevant literature. The course will
enable the student to become familiar with the various materials and methods for appraising the
partially edentulous patient. Diagnosis, treatment planning, and the different fixed and removable or
implant supported methods for patient treatment are analyzed and discussed. Close cooperation with
specialists in other clinical fields and dental technicians in relation to treatment planning is encouraged.
The importance of prosthodontic interventions in the adolescent patient will be given particular
attention. Students will be expected to develop the judgment and skills required to manage complex

91 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
partial edentulism as a consequence of congenital orofacial anomalies, orofacial trauma, or oncologic
surgery. The specific topics in this course vary from year to year.
D. CHVARTSZAID, STAFF

DEN1044Y Prosthodontics IV - Patients with the Fully Edentulous Mouth and Advanced Prosthodontic
Care

This seminar course will include critical appraisal of the relevant literature. Recognition and
management of the sequelae of the aging edentulous masticatory system will be presented in a seminar
format. The treatment of particularly difficult edentulous patients will be emphasized, along with
methods for coping with advanced residual ridge resorption and the terminal dentition.

The importance of the geriatric aspects of prosthodontics will be given particular attention. The principle
of osseointegration and its clinical application will be studied, with the intention that the student will be
skilled in different prosthodontic interventions and an understanding of the biomaterials employed. The
dual skills and responsibilities necessitated in preprosthetic surgical treatment and postsurgical
prosthodontic rehabilitation in context with implant prosthetics is underscored by the close working
relationship the residents will have with surgical colleagues. The specific topics in this course vary from
year to year.

D. CHVARTSZAID, STAFF

DEN1045Y Prosthodontics V – Critical Appraisal of the Literature

This course aims to provide the student with the necessary critical appraisal skills for searching and
reading the scientific literature. The importance and relevance of study design architecture is
emphasized by introductory critical appraisal and critical review of selected dental literature. These skills
will be applied and honed in weekly seminars where the students select, present and defend what they
have identified as the best research papers in the contemporary literature relevant to prosthodontic
care.
D. CHVARTSZAID, STAFF

DEN1046Y Clinical Prosthodontics

Extensive clinical training is provided over three years in the Graduate Prosthodontics clinic. Treatments
are done in close cooperation with specialists in other clinical specialties and dental technicians in
relation to treatment planning and patient management. On-site and off-site clinical rotations
supplement core clinical training. On-site rotation to the Implant Prosthodontic Unit (IPU) focuses on
implant-related surgical training. Off-site rotations focus on management of patients with specific
needs. Rotation to the Princess Margaret Hospital focuses on Maxillofacial Prosthodontics and oncologic
management. Rotation to the Holland Bloorview Kids Rehabilitation Hospital focuses on management of
Prosthodontic needs in a paediatric population.

D. CHVARTSZAID, STAFF

DEN1051Y Oral Epidemiology

The purpose of this course is to present the principles and methods of epidemiology and their

92 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
application in the study of oral and craniofacial diseases. Special emphasis is given to observational and
experimental research designs and to the techniques of dental survey research. The course includes a
detailed examination of clinical measures of oral health status and socio-dental indicators. Students
have the opportunity to apply the skills taught to the preparation of a comprehensive research
proposal.

H.P. LAWRENCE

DEN1052Y General Anaesthesia for Medical Procedures – Pediatric

This program involves a rotation at the Hospital for Sick Children under the direction of the Department
of Anaesthesia. The objective of this course is to learn the principles and application of general
anaesthesia to children in the hospital setting. This is accomplished by gaining direct experience in all
aspects of the administration of general anaesthesia for pediatric medical procedures.

H. KESTENBERG, M. CRAWFORD, M. LAM, STAFF, DEPARTMENT OF ANAESTHESIA, HOSPITAL


FOR SICK CHILDREN

DEN1055H Basic Principles of Dental Anaesthesia

This course is provided to students in the fall of their first year as a self-directed reading course.
Readings will be assigned at the beginning of the course and then their knowledge of the content
evaluated weekly. The readings will be based on specific chapters in the texts, covering the subjects of
anatomy, respiratory physiology, cardiovascular physiology, anaesthetic machines and monitors.
Evaluation will consist of weekly oral assessments and one written assignment at the end of the course.
This course will take place weekly for one term in the fall of first year.

H. KESTENBERG

DEN1056Y Basic Concepts in Clinical Medicine

The objective of this course is to provide dental anaesthesia and Oral Medicine residents with the
clinical knowledge and skills of physical evaluation and medical risk assessment. This will build on the
academic basis of the course “Foundations of Medicine as applied to Dental Anaesthesia”. It will consist
of a 3-hour per week clinical session for the first year in the program.

N. TENN-LYN

DEN1061H Research Practicum

The research practicum aims to give students hands-on experience of one or more components of the
research process. This can include analyzing an existing data set, undertaking a systematic review and/or
meta-analysis or a review article. This type of experience will give students the opportunity to use skills
in, and an appreciation of, such matters as literature searching, hypothesis setting, experimental design,
methodological limitations, laboratory practice, and writing a paper for publication. Consequently, it
provides a more limited exposure to the research process than research leading to a M.Sc. level thesis.
The requirements for this course can be met by undertaking a research project or an essay in the form
of a review article. In either case, the required outcome is a paper in a format suitable for publication.
The research practicum will be undertaken with the assistance of an appropriate supervisor and

93 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
examined by a committee comprised of three faculty members, at least one of whom is from the
student’s specialty.

STAFF

DEN1062S Pharmacology of Dental Therapeutics

The pharmacological principles of therapeutic agents used in the management of clinical conditions, as
related to the practice of dentistry, are discussed in a series of seminars. Special emphasis is placed on
the clinically relevant drug-drug and drug-disease interactions of the various groups of medications
discussed. Case study evaluations and student presentations of clinical cases are aimed at applying up-
to-date knowledge, and use of computer drug databases in patient management.

J. LANҪA, STAFF

DEN1063Y Practicum in Dental Public Health

For the practicum, a student will normally be assigned to study for 14 weeks in a Teaching Health Unit or
another agency, which provides dental public health services. The purpose is to learn, by observation and
participation, methods of management used by the agency and to conduct a planning or evaluation
project. The dental public health specialist from the agency will supervise the student with periodic
contact from the University-based staff.

C. QUIÑONEZ, STAFF

DEN1064S Management Principles in Canadian Dental Health Organizations

This course attempts to develop skills in analysis and decision-making among students to enable them to
manage organizations, which provide or fund dental education or care services. Students will be
expected to participate in all sessions from the basis of selected readings. In addition, students will have
to write and present an analysis in dental services management.

Topics to be covered include: legislation, case studies in dental organizations, managing human
resources, planning, promoting quality, information systems, and program evaluation. The course is
available for all graduate students at the faculty.

F. RASHID, P. SHARMA, STAFF

DEN1071Y Medical Anaesthesia Seminars I

These seminars are conducted by members of the Department of Anaesthesia, Faculty of Medicine.
Topics include equipment and monitors, patient safety, acute pain, regional anaesthesia, perioperative
medicine and chronic pain. This course is taken in year one. This is a credit/ non-credit based course.

H. KESTENBERG, L. BAHREY, DEPT. OF ANAESTHESIA, FACULTY OF MEDICINE

DEN1072Y Medical Anaesthesia Seminars II

These seminars are conducted by members of the Department of Anaesthesia, Faculty of Medicine.

94 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Topics include include pediatric anaesthesia, cardiovascular and respiratory system physiology and
anaesthesia, trauma and resuscitation. This course is taken in year two. This is a credit/ non-credit
based course.

H. KESTENBERG, L. BAHREY, DEPT. OF ANAESTHESIA, FACULTY OF MEDICINE

DEN1073Y Dental Anaesthesia Graduate Seminars

This weekly course consists of both Faculty-led and student-led presentations and covers a wide range
of topics of relevance to dental anaesthesia. Residents receive introductory lessons in pharmacology,
patient assessment and consultation, and ECG interpretation from Faculty. The remainder of
presentations are given by residents, consisting of topics related to the management of anesthetic
emergencies and anaesthesia for common systemic diseases, with facilitation and feedback from
Faculty.

H. KESTENBERG, M. WONG, A. OUANOUNOU, STAFF

DEN1074Y Foundations of Medicine as Applied to Dental Anaesthesia

The objective of this course is to provide the academic basis of clinical medicine for residents in dental
anaesthesia. The content will include: interpretation of complete medical histories; techniques of
physical examination; interpretation of physical evaluation results; understanding the implications of
systemic disease, in particular those of the cardiovascular, respiratory and endocrine systems;
understanding the indications for and interpretations of laboratory studies and other techniques used in
physical diagnosis and preoperative evaluation.

The course will consist of 3 hours of seminars per week, divided into 2 weekly sessions, for the fall term
of the first year in the program.

N. TENN-LYN

DEN1075Y General Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures – Pediatric

This course involves clinical application of general anaesthesia for pediatric dental patients. Senior
residents gain experience in administering general anaesthetics for children in an outpatient setting,
using both intubated and non-intubated techniques. The clinics take place in the anaesthesia facility at
the Faculty of Dentistry, seven half-days per week, with an additional half-day per week in pre-operative
assessment consultations. Each resident will spend 6 months on this clinical assignment. This course is
taken in year three.

H. KESTENBERG, M. WONG, STAFF

DEN1076Y General Anaesthesia for Medical Procedures – Adult I

This program involves rotations for the dental anaesthesia resident under the direction of the
Department of Anaesthesia, Toronto East General Hospital. The objective of this course is to learn the
principles and application of general anaesthesia to adults in the hospital setting. This is accomplished
by gaining direct experience in all aspects of the administration of general anaesthesia for medical
procedures. This course is taken in year one.

95 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
H. KESTENBERG, S. KAPOOR, J. KULCHYK, STAFF, DEPARTMENT OF ANAESTHESIA, TORONTO
EAST GENERAL HOSPITAL

DEN1077Y General Anaesthesia for Medical Procedures – Adult II

This program involves rotations for the dental anaesthesia resident under the direction of the
Department of Anaesthesia, Toronto East General Hospital. The objective of this course is to further
advance the principles and application of general anaesthesia to adults in the hospital setting. This is
accomplished by direct experience in all aspects of the administration of general anaesthesia for medical
procedures. This course is taken in year two or three.

H. KESTENBERG, S. KAPOOR, J. KULCHYK, STAFF, DEPARTMENT OF ANAESTHESIA, TORONTO


EAST GENERAL HOSPITAL

DEN1078Y General Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures – Adult I

This course involves clinical application of all modalities of sedation and anaesthesia for dental patients,
with the focus on deep sedation and general anaesthesia. First year residents gain experience in the full
range of sedation and non-intubated anaesthetic techniques for adults. Clinics take place in the
anaesthesia facility at the Faculty of Dentistry, five half-days per week. Residents also spend one day
per week administering deep sedation to medically complex patients with mental or physical challenges
in the Department of Dentistry at Sunnybrook Health Science Centre. Emphasis is on skill acquisition.

H. KESTENBERG, STAFF

DEN1079Y General Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures– Adult II

This course involves clinical application of all modalities of sedation and anaesthesia for dental patients,
with the focus on deep sedation and general anaesthesia. Second & third year residents gain experience
in the full range of sedation and non-intubated anaesthetic techniques for adults. Clinics take place in
the anaesthesia facility at the Faculty of Dentistry, five half-days per week. Residents also spend one day
per week administering deep sedation to medically complex patients with mental or physical challenges
in the Department of Dentistry at Sunnybrook Health Science Centre. Emphasis is on skill acquisition.

H. KESTENBERG, STAFF

DEN1083Y Experiences in Clinical Medicine

The objective of this course is to provide clinical experience in medicine for residents in dental
anaesthesia. Teaching is provided by members of the Department of Internal Medicine, Sunnybrook
Health Sciences Centre. Emphasis is on the application of knowledge and clinical skills in a variety of
patient care contexts. This course is taken in year two.

H. KESTENBERG, L. STROUD, DEPT. OF INTERNAL MEDICINE, SUNNYBROOK HEALTH SCIENCES

DEN1084H; DEN 1085H; DEN1086H Experiences in Clinical Teaching Yrs I, II, III

The objective of this course is to strengthen understanding of instructional pedagogy and teaching skills.

96 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Developed from the Centre for Faculty Development Teaching and Learning Collaboration workshops,
this course consists of small group instruction and practical teaching assignments. Residents participate
in workshops on best educational practices for learning in clinical contexts to prepare themselves for
instructor roles.

Mandatory teaching assignments consist of a minimum of 10 half-days per year in each of the three
years of the program. Seminar facilitation and clinical supervision is carried out in the Faculty clinics for:
second year undergraduate dental students local anesthetic techniques; third year dental students and
dentists enrolled in continuing education for nitrous oxide and oxygen sedation techniques; fourth year
dental student medical emergency seminars and simulations; peer teaching for dental anaesthesia
residents. Progress is measured by a portfolio of personal reflections and objective evaluations.

H. KESTENBERG, STAFF

DEN1087Y; DEN1088Y; DEN1089Y Fundamentals of Dental Anaesthesia Yrs I; II and III

This course consists of three foundational components: Journal Review, Clinical Rounds, and Oral
Examination. On a weekly basis, residents rotate in a leadership role providing formal presentations to
peers and faculty. Literature applicable to the field of dental anesthesia is reviewed to exercise critical
appraisal skills and inform dental anaesthesia practice. Clinical patient cases are presented to encourage
reflection on practice and quality assurance in patient care. On a bi-annual basis in December and June,
residents complete an oral examination in dental anaesthesia and related topics in order to assess
progress and prepare for board certification.

H. KESTENBERG, P. COPP, STAFF

DEN1090H Inhalation and Oral Minimal and Moderate Sedation for Dental Procedures

The objective of this course is to provide sufficient teaching and experience in inhalational and oral
minimal and moderate sedation for clinical qualification by regulatory authorities. This course consists of
both didactic and clinical components. Written examination is required in order to achieve qualification.
This course is taken by graduate dental specialty students at the discretion of their program.

P. NKANSAH, D. A. HAAS

DEN1091H Parenteral Moderate Sedation for Dental Procedures

The objective of this course is to provide sufficient teaching and experience in parenteral moderate
sedation for clinical qualification by regulatory authorities. This course consists of both didactic and
patient care components. In accordance with licensing authorities, a pass score on written examination
as well as a minimum of 20 supervised clinical cases is required in order to achieve qualification. This
course is taken by graduate dental specialty students at the discretion of their program.

P. NKANSAH, D. A. HAAS

DEN1094Y Advanced Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology I

The objective of this Year 1 course is directed toward the interpretation and diagnosis of diseases of the
maxillofacial region, and to stimulate the critical analysis of the application of diagnostic imaging for this

97 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
purpose. The course consists of seminars and radiologic clinics that are composed of the following
components: seminars in advanced radiologic interpretation of abnormalities and diseases of the
maxillofacial region; a radiologic clinic and radiologic rounds directed to the investigation of
abnormalities and diseases of the maxillofacial region; seminars in the mechanisms of disease with
correlations to their appearances on diagnostic images; and review of the current literature in oral and
maxillofacial radiology. Clinical training includes practical experiences with the applications of extraoral
and intraoral radiology, sialography, computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging to the
diagnostic process.

CO-REQUISITE – DEN1007F

E. W. N. LAM, STAFF

DEN1095Y Advanced Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology II

This course builds on the foundations developed in DEN1094Y. This Year 2 course consists of seminars
and radiologic clinics that are composed of the following components: seminars in advanced radiologic
interpretation of abnormalities and diseases of the maxillofacial region; a radiologic clinic and radiologic
rounds directed to the investigation of abnormalities and diseases of the maxillofacial region; seminars
in the mechanisms of disease with correlations to their appearances on diagnostic images; and review of
the current literature in oral and maxillofacial radiology. Clinical training includes practical experiences
with the applications of extraoral and intraoral radiology, sialography, computed tomography and
magnetic resonance imaging to the diagnostic process.

PRE-REQUISITE – DEN1094Y

E. W. N. LAM, STAFF

DEN1096Y Advanced Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology III

This course builds on the foundations developed in DEN1094Y and DEN1095Y. This Year 3 course
consists of seminars and radiologic clinics that are composed of the following components: seminars in
advanced radiologic interpretation of abnormalities and diseases of the maxillofacial region; a radiologic
clinic and radiologic rounds directed to the investigation of abnormalities and diseases of the
maxillofacial region; seminars in the mechanisms of disease with correlations to their appearances on
diagnostic images; and review of the current literature in oral and maxillofacial radiology. Clinical
training includes practical experiences with the applications of extraoral and intraoral radiology,
sialography, computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging to the diagnostic process.

PRE-REQUISITE – DEN1095Y

E. W. N. LAM, STAFF

DEN2001Y Orthodontics 1 – Advanced Orthodontic Diagnosis and Treatment Planning


First Year Residents

Various methods of appraising dentofacial deformities and growth trends are discussed. The diagnosis
and treatment planning of surgical cases and temporomandibular joint problems are included, as is an
introduction to biomechanics. Also included is a concentrated laboratory technique course as
preparation for clinical practice. The course is limited to orthodontic students.

98 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
STAFF

DEN2002Y Orthodontics 2 – Biomechanics, Orthodontic Technique and Practice Administration


Second Year Residents

An analysis of standard orthodontic appliances discussing the theory, indications and contraindications
of each is carried out. Extensive technique and seminar courses are presented and include practice
administration considerations. This instruction continues and develops over two years with the goal
being to expand the student’s expertise in advanced orthodontic diagnosis and treatment planning that
was introduced in Orthodontics 1. A multidisciplinary approach to the various orthodontic mechanisms
is stressed.

STAFF

DEN2003Y Orthodontics 3 – Orthodontic Technique and Clinical Practice


Third Year Residents

This is a concentrated clinical course, extending over three years, involving patient treatment under the
supervision of staff. This includes diagnosis and treatment planning as well as actual clinical treatment of
assigned cases. The predominant orthodontic techniques are stressed including surgical orthodontic
treatment, adult orthodontics and functional appliance therapy. Throughout the course, the knowledge
and theory discussed in Orthodontics 1 and 2 will be thoroughly applied and expanded upon.

STAFF

DEN2004Y Orthodontics 4 – Interceptive Orthodontics


Third Year Residents

Students are required to teach, under the supervision of staff, in the interceptive program in the
undergraduate orthodontic program in order to familiarize themselves further with the field of
interceptive orthodontics. They are expected to prepare basic diagnostic seminars, technical instruction
and seminar sessions.

STAFF

DEN2005Y Surgical Orthodontics

This course is a combined course with the Orthodontic program. It exposes the OMFS and Orthodontic
residents to a comprehensive, detailed and innovative clinic. The Centre for Corrective Jaw Surgery at
the University of Toronto is a weekly clinic held in the orthodontic program with patient visits.
Orthodontic follow up, presurgical orthognathic surgery preparation and aftercare are all provided in
the clinic. Mastery from a surgical perspective of all aspects to contemporary Orthognathic surgery will
be achieved. Special grants and access will allow the residents to have the full experience of digital
planning: virtual surgical preparation, surgical guide fabrication, surgical orthodontic diagnosis and
treatment. The course is further enhanced by 24 cased based seminars covering the full scope of facial
deformity correction.

A. METAXAS, J. MARKO, M. CAMINITI

99 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN2006Y Facial Growth and Facial Analysis

A seminar course presenting the cephalometric analysis developed using data from The Burlington
Growth & Research Centre. An in-depth study of its clinical application in the understanding of facial
growth patterns is presented.

S. SURI, M. PATRICIAN

DEN2007Y Craniofacial Anomalies

A course of seminars extending over two terms in which congenital anomalies of the craniofacial
complex are discussed with reference to etiology, facial growth and development and treatment. The
multidisciplinary team approach to treatment is emphasized.

Clinical experience is derived through the facilities of the Hospital for Sick Children, in the management
of problems associated with anomalies such as cleft palate. (Offered in alternate years – not available
2018-19).

S. SURI, STAFF OF THE HOSPITAL FOR SICK CHILDREN

DEN2008Y Craniofacial Anatomy and Osteology

A guided, self-study basic course in cranial osteology, embryology, comparative vertebrate anatomy,
and radiology of the bones of the head.

W.J. JENKINS, B. LIEBGOTT, E. LAM


DEN2009H Classic Theories of Craniofacial Growth

A guided reading seminar course covering classical theories of craniofacial growth. References are cited
refuting or supporting these theories.

S. SURI, W. WILSONDEN

2010H Tissue Reaction to Orthodontic and Orthopedic Forces

The objective of the course is to investigate the reaction of tissues to forces created by orthodontic and
functional appliances. The areas to be covered are: a) Reaction of the periodontal ligament, cortical
bone, attached and free gingiva, the root and the pulp to orthodontic tooth movement with heavy and
light forces; b) Muscle reaction to orthodontic and orthopedic forces: c) The condyle.

Students are required to write a term paper on a particular topic and to present this paper to the class.
Students are required to plan an original project in conjunction with their term paper topic.

S. SURI, G. ALTUNA

DEN2011Y Craniofacial Morphology and Development

A seminar course that covers morphological variations, and their methods of detection and treatment
from the historic and current perspective. Topics of great significance and relevance to the specialty that
require a focused synthesis of the literature are included.

100 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
S. SURI

DEN3001Y Oral Surgery 1 – The Physiological Basis of Disease

This course provides the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery resident with the fundamental medical
knowledge. It covers, in particular, physical diagnosis, medicine and physiology. It is required for patient
care and management, especially in the pre and post-operative phases, and for general consults in a
hospital setting. The course also provides an assessment of current literature and clinical research. The
relationship of the basic sciences (physiology, pharmacology, biochemistry and microbiology) to disease
processes through a systematic discipline, is emphasized.

M. CAMINITI, N. KATSIKERIS, STAFF

DEN3002Y Oral Surgery 2 – Principles and Practice of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

The didactic component of this course provides the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery resident with a
complete understanding of the diagnosis and surgical management of diseases of the head, face, and
neck regions. Seminar presentations use a case-based format. Residents participate in all areas of the
clinical practice of the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Sound judgment is developed through the
formulation of differential diagnoses, rational treatment options and participation in the surgical
procedures. In Year I, the clinical component is primarily related to the care of inpatients and an
introduction to simple operative procedures. It also provides a thorough and rigorous introduction to
surgery and surgical principles in general. In years III and IV, advanced clinical practice and increasing
levels of responsibility for patient care are demanded which culminate in a high level of surgical skill and
knowledge.

M. CAMINITI, K. CUDDY, STAFF

Clinical Methods

The Clinical Methods course will review the fundamentals of physical examination and diagnosis. It will
focus mainly on the skills required for a comprehensive examination of the patient. This includes
interviewing, physical diagnosis, radiographic interpretation, as well as the investigation and
interpretation of laboratory studies. Students will have the opportunity to observe and question their
teacher-practitioners in order to learn the more intangible aspects of practice – professional attitudes,
philosophy, and the ethical standards. Off-service rotations include a year of immersion in other
medical subspecialties including emergency medicine, general surgery, anaesthesia and internal
medicine.

M. CAMINITI, STAFF

DEN3003Y Oral Surgery 3– Evidence-based Literature Reviews in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

The practice of evidence-based medicine requires the ability to define a problem and to assess,
summarize and apply the information derived from current literature to daily clinical care. This course
introduces the concepts of evidence-based practice and provides the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
resident with practice in critical appraisal of the current literature. A review of selected journals on a
regular basis also ensures the resident’s familiarity with contemporary practice.

101 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
M. CAMINITI, STAFF

DEN3004Y Oral Surgery 4 – Applied Surgical Anatomy of the Head and Neck

This course is designed to teach anatomy for Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Particular attention is
focused on the surgical approaches of the head, face, neck and calvarium. Techniques for harvesting
bone and development of local, regional and free flaps for reconstruction are reviewed. It explores 16
core surgical competencies in approaching the broad scope required for oral and maxillofacial surgeons.
It is an extension of DEN 3005H with focus on surgical and technical skills acquisition.

M. CAMINITI, N. BLANAS, STAFF

DEN3005H Head and Neck Anatomy

The Division of Anatomy, Faculty of Medicine, together with the Faculty of Dentistry, offers a
comprehensive head and neck anatomy course tailored for the specialties of Oral and Maxillofacial
Surgery (OMFS) and Endodontics. The course will comprise four-week (8 hour) lecture series and
prosection review, combined with an additional cadaver dissection component (16 hours) for residents
of the OMFS program.

Students will have access to specially prepared material, which may be studied in the Division of
Anatomy. Dissection manuals will be available for the laboratory activities. Instructors and staff will be
available during the surgical dissection laboratories and on a consulting basis.

V. MENDES AND M. CAMITI, STAFF

DEN4001Y Pediatric Dentistry 1- Theoretical Pediatric Dentistry

This course gives seminar instruction throughout the program. Reading assignments and periodic
seminar presentations are assigned. The majority of these seminars are presented by the Department of
Pediatric Dentistry, but some are given by members of other departments to include subjects such as
Advanced Periodontics, Practice Management, Pediatric Pharmacology, Dental Public Health, and
Hospital Dentistry. Feeding, Prevention, Cariology, and Dental Materials in Pediatric Dentistry.

K. CAMPBELL, H. NAINAR, R. MACMILLAN, , G. GARISTO, P. JUDD, J. WILES, M. CASAS, G.


KULKARNI, G. BERALL

DEN4002Y Pediatric Dentistry 2 - Journal Review

A series of discussions between staff and students with active student participation to review critically
current publications in journals related to pediatric dentistry. Includes formal case presentations by the
students that must be prepared to the standards set by the American Board of Pediatric Dentistry.
Includes formal cased based presentations by staff according to examination format of the National
Dental Specialty Examination in Pediatric Dentistry as set by the Royal College of Dentists of Canada.
This program continues throughout all academic years of the MSc program.

K. CAMPBELL, H. NAINAR, R. MACMILLAN, , P. JUDD (COORDINATORS) WITH DRS. KULKARNI,


FARKOUH, BARRETT, FRATKIN, CASAS, KENNY

102 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN4003Y Pediatric Dentistry 3 - Facial and Dental Growth and Development in Pediatric Dentistry

This seminar course provides a comprehensive review on Cephalometrics. It focuses on the history of
cephalometry and includes the processes involved with establishing a standardized technique for taking
cephalometric radiographs on children. The course focuses on research related to the establishment of
key cephalometric landmarks and specific cephalometric measurements to assess growth in the maxilla
and mandible of a growing child. The principles of bone development in the craniofacial region are
reviewed in great detail. The student must understand the biology of soft and hard tissues in the
cranium. Finally, the course examines the functional matrix theory as it applies to craniofacial growth.
Several theories related to “how the head grows” are discussed. Included is a module in genetics.
K. CAMPBELL, , D. CHANDRA, S. GONG

DEN4004H Pediatric Dentistry 4 - Child Behaviour Management

This is a seminar program in which students will review critically and discuss literature in principles of
human behavior, developmental psychology, ethnicity and human behavior, and communication as it
applies to the dentistry. Various non-pharmacologic methods of guiding, managing and shaping behavior
in the dental office will be discussed from theoretical and practical perspectives. Some sessions will
involve either a case-based approach to highlight the behavioral aspects of dentistry or a review of
videotapes of dentists, including students in this course, interacting with patients.

K. CAMPBELL, , C. FRIEDMAN, M. PARK

DEN4005Y Pediatric Dentistry 5 - Clinical Pediatric Dentistry

This is a three year course. A combined preclinical course in basic pediatric dentistry and orthodontic
technique is given early in the first year. Following this course the student assumes his/her clinical
assignments which are carried out throughout the Clinical program which includes all clinical aspects
related to the practice of the specialty of Pediatric Dentistry. The examination, diagnosis and treatment
of the child patient and patients with special needs are supervised in the Graduate Pediatric Dentistry
Clinic at the University of Toronto and in the Department of Pediatric Dentistry at the Hospital for Sick
Children. The students will also be assigned to the general anaesthetic facility/Surgicentre at the Faculty
of Dentistry for the comprehensive treatment of children under general anaesthesia. Additional clinical
assignments will be given at the City of Toronto Public Health Clinic, the Bloorview Kids Rehab. Students
will participate in some maxillofacial clinics at the Hospital for Sick Children and the Bloorview Kids
Rehab and receive experience in managing medically compromised or handicapped patients and
carrying out total dental procedures on disabled patients under general anaesthetic. The program
includes rotations to First Nations in Moose Factory Ontario. The students must take after hours
emergency call at the Hospital for Sick Children in their core program.

Mandatory two week craniofacial / plastic surgery rotation at the Hospital for Sick Children in the final
year.

K CAMPBELL, AND STAFF PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY, UOFT, P. JUDD AND DENTAL STAFF, HOSPITAL FOR
SICK CHILDREN AND BLOORVIEW KIDS REHAB

DEN4006Y Pediatric Dentistry 6 - Oral Surgery as it Applies to Pediatric Dentistry

103 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
This course involves a series of presentations, reading assignments and surgical clinics dealing with
special problems in the pediatric oral and maxillofacial surgery patient. Topics include maxillofacial
trauma, pediatric medical issues, odontogenic infections, TMJ disorders, tooth impactions,
supernumerary teeth, ankylosed teeth, exposures, enucleations, cyst and tumors.
K. CAMPBELL, J. GARBEDIAN

DEN4007H Pediatric Dentistry 7 - Therapy and Trauma

Seminar course to review pertinent literature regarding pulpal therapy in the primary and young
permanent dentition. The course will also include a comprehensive didactic review of endodontic
therapy of the young permanent dentition.

The trauma series of lecture/seminars is designed to prepare the MSc pediatric dentistry student in the
diagnosis and clinical management of developing and developed permanent teeth that have
experienced pulp injury due to trauma. The course will provide the student with 1) a biological
perspective on the clinical sequelae to traumatic injury, 2) a biological perspective e on the clinical
sequelae to traumatic injury, 3) a clinical approach to treatment and 4) an evaluative perspective on the
results of treatment and trauma.

K. CAMPBELL, R. MACMILLAN, E. BARRETT, D.J. KENNY, D. MONCARZ, STAFF HOSPITAL FOR


SICK CHILDREN

DEN4008Y Pediatric Orthodontics

This 3-year course is designed for pediatric dentistry specialty students. (a) History taking, diagnosis,
treatment planning (1st year); (b) Clinical orthodontics for pediatric dentistry students (1st, 2nd & 3rd
years); (c) Mechanics in orthodontic patient treatment (2nd year); (d) Facial morphology, growth and
development - assessment of Burlington data (1st yr).

K. CAMPBELL, P. SECTAKOF, S. SMITH, S. CHUNG

DEN4009Y Pediatrics

This is a series of seminars and clinics given by the Department of Pediatrics at the Hospital for Sick
Children. A study of growth and development from birth to adulthood is presented, stressing normal
values as well as causes and effects of deviations from them. Major infections are reviewed as to
etiology, clinical manifestations and treatment, and current immunization procedures are presented.
Tumours of a benign or malignant nature which are common to the pediatric age group are discussed as
to clinical aspects and current therapies, and common bleeding disorders are described, with emphasis
on management and relevance to dental practice. The aspects of cardiac disease in childhood are
presented as well as related prophylactic measures in current use in dental practice. A lecture on basic
genetics is given as to modes of inheritance, chromosomal abnormalities and methods of investigation.
At the Hospital for Sick Children, patients are presented who represent some of the subjects discussed in
the lecture series, thereby enhancing the latter through clinical illustrations.
K. CAMPBELL, M. WEINSTEIN, PEDIATRICS, HOSP. FOR SICK CHILDREN

104 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN4010Y Care of patients with special needs and applied pediatric dentistry

This course prepares the student to work in a multi-disciplinary clinic as part of interprofessional
comprehensive health care. Comprehensive evidence based review of applied pediatric dental care with
a focus on the management of the patient who is medically compromised or has special needs in either a
community or hospital environment. Includes extensive case based sessions on pediatric oral pathology.
R. MACMILLAN, G. GARISTO

DEN4011Y Conscious Sedation and Anesthesia in Pediatric Dentistry

The pharmacological management of a child’s behavior is a core clinical requirement for the clinical
specialty of pediatric dentistry, as is the management of children and patients with special needs under
general anesthesia. Course includes intensive short nitrous oxide conscious sedation training, conscious
sedation and patient management, and general anaesthesia in Yr II. Students must successfully
complete Pediatric Advanced Cardiac Life Support (PALS) course.
K. CAMPBELL, R. MACMILLAN, P. COPP, HSC, ANAESTHESIA

DEN5001Y Graduate Endodontics Case Presentations

This weekly three-year seminar series is intended to discuss clinical cases, recently diagnosed, currently
under treatment or already treated. The cases are presented by the endodontics graduate students in
accordance with a specific schedule, with three cases normally presented in any given session.
Presentations follow a standardized format, and include all pre-operative and intra-operative
information pertaining to the presented cases. Information on anamnesis and clinical and radiographic
findings is presented to form the basis for differential diagnosis, treatment planning and projection of
prognosis. Information on treatment procedures performed is then presented using radiographic and
photographic visual aids. The presentation is concluded with discussion of learning points and critique of
the treated case provided by the presenting student. Diagnostic and therapeutic steps are to be
supported by relevant evidence. The presentation is open to discussion and critique by attending
students and staff.

Course components include use of Power Point for case presentation, citation of evidence supporting
diagnostic and therapeutic procedures, and critique of all steps and procedures related to the treated
case. Graded components of the course include (1) quality and interpretation of radiographs, (2)
appropriate use of evidence base, and (3) critique of the case. The cumulative grades for each of
components (1) and (2) amount to 35% of the annual grade, whereas the cumulative grades for
component (3) amount to 30% of the annual grade. A grade for the course is assigned at the end of each
academic year.

This course is designed to enhance and amplify the students’ scope of clinical experiences by sharing
experiences from cases treated by others. The discussion also provides an opportunity for exposure to
other opinions than those provided by the clinic instructors during the treatment of the presented
cases, further expanding the scope of the clinical experiences. Finally, the emphasis on providing
evidence for diagnostic and therapeutic procedures is designed to enhance the culture of “evidence-
based healthcare” and its application in the context of endodontic treatment. Participation in this
course is a program requirement.
B. BASRANI, STAFF

105 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN5002Y Graduate Endodontics Topical Literature

This weekly two-year seminar series reviews the historic and principle literature that provides the basis
for understanding of endodontic disease and its treatment. The scientific literature identified as being
important to the field is critically reviewed and key concepts are established. Specific areas reviewed
include the (i) development, structure and pathophysiology of the dental pulp and periapical tissues, (ii)
causes, prevention, and management of endodontic post-treatment disease (treatment failure), (iii)
effects and management of traumatic injury to the developing and developed permanent dentition, (iv)
evolution and testing of methods and materials for root canal preparation and filling, (v) long-term
outcomes of endodontic treatment, (vi) considerations for post-treatment restoration, (vii) benefits and
risks associated with internal bleaching, and (viii) several clinical topics. An extensive reading list and the
oral presentation of selected articles on assigned topics constitute the course requirement. The series is
a continuum spanning two years. Students enter the course in the beginning or in the middle in
alternating years.

Course components include (1) reading of assigned literature, (2) participation in the discussion of the
assigned literature, (3) presentation of the summaries of selected assigned articles, (4) preparation and
presentation of entire seminars on selected topics. There is no percentage value allocated to the course
components. A grade for this course is assigned based on performance in a final examination.

This course is designed to provide the biological foundation for endodontic therapy. Acquiring
knowledge about this foundation is essential for education of specialists in the field of Endodontics.
Participation in this course is a program requirement.
B. BASRANI, STAFF

DEN5003Y Graduate Endodontics Current Literature

This weekly three-year seminar series reviews the current publications pertaining to endodontics. Using
comprehensive on-line search strategies, current publications related to each of 15 themes are
identified. Selected articles on each theme are assigned to students for review. Each seminar session
addresses either one of the 15 themes in accordance with a structured schedule. The students submit a
review on their assigned articles comprising a summary and critique, both in writing for archiving
purposes and verbally during the seminars. They also submit multiple-choice questions for each assigned
article, to comprise a pool of potential questions for a year-end examination. The seminars are
moderated by graduate endodontics staff members who provide the context for the impact of the
reviewed articles on the body of knowledge related to each theme.

Course components include reading of assigned articles, submission of written summaries and critique of
articles, submission of two multiple-choice questions for each article, presentation of the summary and
critique during the seminar, and use of cross references to provide context for the reviewed article.
Graded components of the course include (1) thoroughness of cross-referencing, and (2) critique of the
article. The cumulative grades for each component amount to 25% of the final grade. An examination at
the end of each academic term (December and June) amounts to the remaining 50% of the course grade
for that year.

This course is designed to help the students develop the necessary skills for critical reading of the
scientific literature, while also acquiring knowledge of the most current advances in most areas of
endodontic research. Participation in this course is a program requirement.

B. BASRANI, STAFF

106 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
DEN5004Y Single Tooth Replacements with implant supported Prosthesis

This course is designed to provide formal education and training for students enrolled in the MSc
Endodontic program in the field of Implant Dentistry, with specific focus on the replacement of a single
tooth with an implant-supported prosthesis. The course consists of three modules designed to provide
formal didactic, preclinical and clinical exposure in both the surgical and prosthetic phases of implant
treatment.

B. BASRANI, J. LAI, STAFF

DEN5005F Introduction to Graduate Endodontics

Students entering the MSc program in Endodontics are all dentists who have had different educational
and clinical experiences. Before these students can begin treating patients, they have to increase their
theoretical knowledge and clinical skills to a level expected of the specialty student. This course is
designed to achieve that goal by combining the basic theoretical knowledge with hands on practice on
extracted teeth.

B. BASRANI, STAFF

DEN999Y1 Dental Resident Seminars

This course represents the didactic component of the Hospital Dental Residency Programme at the
University of Toronto. Seminars are held biweekly from July through May. The course consists of a core
block of lectures that will help prepare all residents to diagnose and provide basic treatment to dental
patients in the hospital acute care setting, provide dental care to medically-compromised pediatric, adult
and geriatric patients, and identify and manage various pathologic entities of the head and neck. The
course also includes lecture blocks specific to the individual educational objectives of the programme’s
three training sites, including the safe administration of parenteral conscious sedation to dental patients
and the dental and surgical management of the cleft-craniofacial patient. City Wide Rounds are held
biannually where residents present and discuss interesting clinical cases with faculty and peers. Credit for
this course will be based on seminar attendance and participation. This is a credit/non-credit based course.

J. DAVIS

PDE9094Y Clinical Conferences

This is a seminar series with compulsory attendance for all graduate clinical students (except those in
Oral Pathology & Oral Medicine specialty). Groups comprising two or three residents from different
specialty programs are assigned to work together to present formal one-hour seminars. Topics of
presentation should be multidisciplinary, related to current clinical issues in the individual specialty
fields, evidenced-based, and serve to keep attendees abreast of current treatment philosophy in
specialties other than their own. Credit for the course is based on a required minimum number of
attendance. For those assigned to present, in addition to meeting attendance requirements, credit is
based on the seminar presentation and submission of a written report of the case presentation to a
journal. (This is a credit/ non-credit course).

S.G. GONG, STAFF

107 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Description of Degree Programs (M.Sc./ Ph.D.) with Advanced Dental Specialty Training

The following symbols are used in all Specialty Program Descriptions, which follow:

* Indicates courses offered in alternate years.


« Indicates courses which may continue over a program, and which are graded when completed.
y Indicates a course that may be substituted by an equivalent course offered by another Faculty.

Dental Anaesthesia

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. H. Kestenberg

The principle objective of this program is to prepare the dentist to provide the full range of sedation and
anaesthetic techniques for dental patients with the focus on deep sedation and general anaesthesia. An
additional objective is to train clinicians to be able to undertake teaching and research in dental
anaesthesia. The teaching facilities for this program are provided by the combined resources of Dental
Anaesthesia in the Faculty of Dentistry and the Department of Anaesthesia, Faculty of Medicine. Training
is given both at the Faculty and at teaching hospitals associated with the University. Clinical anaesthesia
training includes 12 months at the Faculty, 8 months at Toronto East General Hospital and 4 months at
the Hospital for Sick Children. Additional clinical training includes rotations in internal and emergency
medicine, respirology, cardiology, and orofacial pain as individual clinical and research activities permit.
Students are expected to participate in a range of clinical teaching experiences, including undergraduate,
continuing education, and peer teaching. The precise timing of the research component can vary and
will be incorporated into the schedule on an individual basis. Each student is required to complete an
ACLS (Advanced Cardiac Life Support) course before the end of Year I and PALS (Pediatric Advanced
Cardiac Life Support) before the end of Year II. Currency in ACLS and PALS certification is mandatory
during the registration period. The following is an outline of the program.

YEAR I

First term

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

Basic Principles of Anaesthesia (DEN1055H)

Basic Concepts in Clinical Medicine (DEN1056Y)

Medical Anaesthesia Seminars I (DEN1071Y)

Dental Anaesthesia Graduate Seminars (DEN1073Y)

Foundations of Medicine as Applied to Dental Anaesthesia (DEN1074Y)

General Anaesthesia for Medical Procedures – Adult I (DEN1076Y)

108 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
General Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures – Adult I (DEN1078Y)

Experiences in Clincal Teaching I (DEN1084H)

Fundamentals of Dental Anaesthesia I (DEN1087Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H)

Basic Concepts in Clinical Medicine (DEN1056Y)

Medical Anaesthesia Seminars I (DEN1071Y)

Dental Anaesthesia Graduate Seminars (DEN1073Y)

Foundations of Medicine as Applied to Dental Anaesthesia (DEN1074Y)

General Anaesthesia for Medical Procedures – Adult I (DEN1076Y)

General Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures – Adult I (DEN1078Y)

Experiences in Clinical Teaching I (DEN1084H)

Fundamentals of Dental Anaesthesia I (DEN1087Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

YEAR II

First term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

General Anaesthesia for Medical Procedures – Pediatric (DEN1052Y)

Dental Anaesthesia Journal Review II (DEN1058Y)

Medical Anaesthesia Seminars II (DEN1072Y)

General Anaesthesia for Medical Procedures – Adult II (DEN1077Y)

General Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures – Adult II « (DEN1079Y)

Experiences in Clinical Medicine (DEN1083Y)

Experiences in Clinical Teaching II (DEN1085H)

Fundamentals of Dental Anaesthesia II (DEN1088Y)

109 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Local Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures (PDE9069H)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y) or Research Practicum (DEN1061H)


Second Term

As in first term
YEAR III

First term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

General Anaesthesia for Medical Procedures – Pediatric (DEN1052Y) – if not taken in Yr 2

Dental Anaesthesia Journal Review III (DEN1059Y)

General Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures – Pediatric (DEN1075Y)

General Anaesthesia for Medical Procedures – Adult II (DEN1077Y) – if not taken in Yr 2

General Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures – Adult II « (DEN1079Y)

Experiences in Clinical Teaching III (DEN1086H)

Fundamentals of Dental Anaesthesia III (DEN1089Y)

Local Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures (PDE9069H)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y) or Research Practicum (DEN1061H)

Second Term

As in first term
Electives – May be arranged according to the student’s interest or at the discretion of the Graduate
Program Director. Elective experiences may include topics such as Emergency Medicine, Acute
Care/Resuscitation, Respirology, Cardiology, and Orofacial Pain.

Other courses can be arranged according to the student’s interest through the Graduate Program
Director or Graduate Chair.

110 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Dental Public Health

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. C. Quiñonez

This program normally consists of a core of subjects taken in the first year, followed in the second year
by the practicum and optional subjects chosen by students in consultation with the Director of the
Program. Courses are given by the Faculty of Dentistry and by other university units such as the Dalla
Lana School of Public Health, and the Institute of Health Policy, Management and Evaluation, Faculty of
Medicine, University of Toronto. The following is an outline of the program curriculum.

YEAR I

First Term

Introduction to Public Health Sciences (CHL5004H)

Preventive Dentistry (DEN1003H)

Dental Public Health Seminars (DEN1006Y)

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

Oral Epidemiology (DEN1051Y)

Practicum in Dental Public Health (DEN1063Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Thesis/Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

Dental Public Health Seminars (DEN1006Y)

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H)

Oral Epidemiology (DEN1051Y)

Practicum in Dental Public Health (DEN1063Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Thesis/Research (RST9999Y)

111 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
A list of appropriate options will be compiled for student selection. Other courses can be arranged
according to the student's interest through the Director of the Program, or the Associate Dean of
Graduate Education. The program is also offered on a part-time basis. Part-time students have up to five
years to complete all requirements.

YEAR II

First Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Thesis/Research (RST9999Y)

Approved Option I: Health Policy or Health Economics

Approved Option II

Second Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Management Principles in Canadian Dental Health Organizations (DEN1064H)

Thesis/Research (RST9999Y)

Endodontics

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. B.R. Basrani

The graduate Endodontics program is designed to provide students with opportunities to acquire excellent
clinical skills and comprehension of the underlying biology. Its components include (i) patient care,
providing all aspects of endodontic treatment, (ii) topic-specific and current literature seminars, (iii)
clinical conferences, (iv) core curriculum courses, (v) rotation programs (when available), (vi) research at
the M.Sc. level, including application for funding, preparation of manuscripts for publication, presentation
at national and international research forums, and (vii) guest lectures. Great emphasis is placed on self-
learning in all of the program’s components. Students are encouraged to identify research topics, related
to endodontic science or any other dental or non-dental scientific area. Through continual updating of
courses and research schedules, the program aims to achieve a balanced platform of excellent specialty
education and committed service to patients. Students are encouraged to join the Ontario Society of
Endodontists, the Canadian Academy of Endodontics and the American Association of Endodontists.
The following is an outline of the program curriculum (changes may occur according to availability of
courses, particularly those offered every other year):

YEAR I

First Term

112 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Anatomy (DEN3005H)

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology (DEN1007F)

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

Inhalation and Oral Minimal and Moderate Sedation for Dental Procedures (DEN1090H)

Graduate Endodontics Case Presentations (DEN5001Y)

Graduate Endodontics Topical Literature (DEN5002Y)

Graduate Endodontics Current Literature (DEN5003Y)

Introduction to Graduate Endodontics (DEN5005H)

Endodontic Clinic (PDE9091Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

Oral Pathology (DEN1002S)

Cone Beam CT Imaging (DEN1008S)

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H)

Pharmacology of Dental Therapeutics (DEN1062H)

Advances in Dental Materials Sciences (DEN1070H)*

Graduate Endodontics Case Presentations (DEN5001Y)

Graduate Endodontics Topical Literature (DEN5002Y)

Graduate Endodontics Current Literature (DEN5003Y)

Endodontic Clinic (PDE9091Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Teaching (in the undergraduate preclinical endodontics course).

113 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
YEAR II

First Term

Investigating Pathogenic Biofilms (DEN1022H)

Oral Physiology: Sensory & Neuromuscular Function (DEN1060F)

Graduate Endodontics Case Presentations (DEN5001Y)

Graduate Endodontics Topical Literature (DEN5002Y)

Graduate Endodontics Current Literature (DEN5003Y)

Single Tooth Replacement with Implant Supported Prosthesis (DEN5004Y)

Endodontic Clinic (PDE9091Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

Advances in Dental Materials Sciences (DEN1070H)*

Graduate Endodontics Case Presentations (DEN5001Y)

Graduate Endodontics Topical Literature (DEN5002Y)

Graduate Endodontics Current Literature (DEN5003Y)

Endodontic Clinic (PDE9091Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Teaching (in the undergraduate preclinical endodontics course)

Research (RST9999Y)

YEAR III

First Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Toronto Public Health dental clinic rotation

Graduate Endodontics Case Presentations (DEN5001Y)

Graduate Endodontics Current Literature (DEN5003Y)

114 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Endodontic Clinic (PDE9091Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

Master’s Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Toronto Public Health dental clinic rotation

Graduate Endodontics Case Presentations (DEN5001Y)

Graduate Endodontics Current Literature (DEN5003Y)

Endodontic Clinic (PDE9091Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Teaching (in the undergraduate preclinical endodontics course)

Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. G. Bradley

Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine are separate programs each leading to eligibility for examination in
the corresponding program by the Royal College of Dentists of Canada. Accreditation requirements
specify a “core” program common to both programs, which allows both Oral Pathology and Oral
Medicine to be completed in four years. Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology each takes three years and
may be taken independently. Each may be a customized program of study and research. Preference is
normally given to candidates who wish to pursue the combined program.

An M.Sc. (Oral Medicine) or M.Sc. (Oral Pathology) is awarded for an independent program or M.Sc.
(Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine) for those completing the combined program.
YEAR I

First Term

General and Special Pathology for Residents (LMP1005Y) ┼

Second Term
General and Special Pathology for Residents (LMP1005Y) ┼

115 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
YEAR II

First Term

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology (DEN1007F)

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Seminars in Advanced Oral Pathology (DEN1011Y)

Oral Medicine (DEN1012Y)

Oral Surgical Pathology (DEN1013Y)

Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

Full year courses as in First Term

Oral Pathology (DEN1002S)

Cone Beam CT Imaging (DEN1008S)

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H)

YEAR III

First Term and Second Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Seminars in Advanced Oral Pathology (DEN1011Y)

Oral Medicine (DEN1012Y)

Oral Surgical Pathology (DEN1013Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

YEAR IV

Seminars in Advanced Oral Pathology (DEN1011Y)

Oral Medicine (DEN1012Y)

Oral Surgical Pathology (DEN1013Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

116 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Other courses may be arranged according to the student’s interest by the Head of the Program or the
Chair of the Graduate Department.

┼ Completed by M.Sc. (Oral Pathology) and M.Sc. (Oral Pathology & Medicine).

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. E. Lam

The graduate Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology program stresses the prescription and analysis of images to
diagnose abnormalities of the craniofacial region.

The clinical program provides extensive experience in intra- and extra-oral radiography, sialography,
multidetector and cone beam computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging through patient
contact in either the Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology clinic in the Faculty of Dentistry, or in one of the
associated teaching hospitals. Intensive didactic courses in oral and maxillofacial pathology together with
seminars relating the relevant foundational sciences underpinning disease pathogenesis to radiologic
appearances provide an understanding of the mechanisms by which pathologic conditions alter the
appearances of normal tissues depicted
on radiologic images. Radiology rounds conducted with medical radiology residents highlight the use of
advanced imaging to diagnose abnormalities of the head and neck. Radiation biology and physics,
biostatistics and epidemiology, disorders of the temporomandibular joints and experience in
undergraduate teaching are also integral components of the program.

An M.Sc. or Ph.D. degree is also completed as part of the research component of the program. This
involves the identification of a basic scientific, clinical or educational research topic identified by the
graduate student as an area of interest. The research project is further refined in collaboration with a
faculty member, and the work is examined in the form of a written thesis and oral defense.

Successful completion of the program entitles the student to challenge both the National Dental Specialty
Examination administered by the Royal College of Dentists of Canada, leading to Fellowship in the College,
and the American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology examination.

The following is an outline of the program curriculum:

YEAR I

First Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology (DEN1007F)

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Oral Surgical Pathology (DEN1013Y)

117 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Advanced Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology I (DEN1094Y)

Craniofacial Anatomy & Osteology (DEN2008Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

As in first term plus

Physics of Radiology – Part I

Oral Pathology (DEN1002S)

Temporomandibular Disorders* (DEN1017S)

YEAR II

First Term

Oral Surgical Pathology (DEN1013Y)

Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

Advanced Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology II (DEN1095Y)

Radiation Biology

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

As in first term plus

Physics of Radiology – Part II

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H)

Temporomandibular Disorders* (DEN1017S)

YEAR III

Advanced Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology III (DEN1096Y)

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Research/Thesis (RST9999Y)

118 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. M. Caminiti

The program in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery is a minimum of four years (48 months) in length in order
to satisfy the completion of didactic and clinical requirements as well as those of the M.Sc. degree.
Clinical activities are based primarily at Mt. Sinai Hospital, Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, Humber
River Hospital, and The Hospital for Sick Children. There is also additional participation at other University
of Toronto Affiliated Teaching centres: Holland Bloorview Kids Rehabilitation, Lakeview Health, and the
Rouge Valley Health Network. Residents participate in all areas of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery with
increasing responsibilities for patient care in a graduated fashion. There is also a strong component of
clinic care within the faculty of Dentistry with teaching opportunities to undergraduate students. The
junior resident (PGY1) is focussed primarily on patient care and outpatient clinic management with
assistance in the operating room. The sophomore resident (PGY2) is an off service rotation with 12
months of clinical rotations. The senior resident (PGY3) is responsible for management of the operating
rooms and developing surgical skills. The final Chief Resident year (PGY4) demands a leadership role in
coordinating the 36 operating rooms days per month and the 42 clinic days per month. In PGY4, external
electives may be arranged (to a maximum of one month) in craniofacial surgery, head and neck surgery,
reconstructive surgery, cleft lip and palate surgery, cosmetic surgery and maxillofacial trauma. ACLS
training is to be completed prior to commencement of Year III, ATLS training must be completed before
the end of Year IV.

A requirement of the Faculty of Dentistry is the registration into the School of Graduate Studies and the
obtaining of a Masters of Science Degree. This needs to be an original study in either clinical,
epidemiological, education or laboratory research and undertaken according to the residents’ interest
and the availability of a graduate research committee. The research must be published in a
comprehensive thesis and supported by an oral defense.

The following is the outline of the curriculum:

YEAR I

First Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Principles of Surgery (Faculty of Medicine; Surgical Skills Centre)

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology (DEN1007F)

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Oral Surgical Pathology (DEN1013Y)

Surgical Orthodontics (DEN2005Y)

OMFS 1 - The Physiological Basis of Disease (DEN3001Y)

119 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
OMFS 2 - Principles and Practice of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3002Y)

OMFS 3 - Evidence-based Literature Reviews in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3003Y)

OMFS 4 - Applied Surgical Anatomy of the Head and Neck (DEN3004Y)

Anatomy (DEN3005H)

Clinical Conference (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Oral Pathology (DEN1002S)

Oral Surgical Pathology (DEN1013Y)

Surgical Orthodontics (DEN2005Y)

OMFS 1 - The Physiological Basis of Disease (DEN3001Y)

OMFS 2 - Principles and Practice of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3002Y)

OMFS 3 - Evidence-based Literature Reviews in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3003Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

YEAR II

First Term

Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

OMFS 1 - The Physiological Basis of Disease (DEN3001Y)

OMFS 2 - Principles and Practice of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3002Y)

OMFS 3 - Evidence-based Literature Reviews in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3003Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

CLINICAL ROTATIONS

Anaesthesia – 3 months (Adult), 1 month (Pediatric); Internal Medicine - 2 months; Emergency Medicine
- 1 month; General Surgery - 2 months; Otolaryngology Head and Neck Surgery - 2 months; ICU - 1 month;
Craniofacial Surgery – 1 month

120 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Second Term

As in first term with the addition of:

Cone Beam CT Imaging (DEN1008S)

YEAR III

First Term

Oral Surgical Pathology (DEN1013Y)

Surgical Orthodontics (DEN2005Y)

OMFS 1 - The Physiological Basis of Disease (DEN3001Y)

OMFS 2 - Principles and Practice of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3002Y)

OMFS 3 - Evidence-based Literature Reviews in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3003Y)

OMFS 4 - Applied Surgical Anatomy of the Head and Neck (DEN3004Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

YEAR IV

First and Second Term

Surgical Orthodontics (DEN2005Y)

OMFS 1 - The Physiological Basis of Disease (DEN3001Y)

OMFS 2 - Principles and Practice of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3002Y)

OMFS 3 - Evidence-based Literature Reviews in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (DEN3003Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y) - audit

Research/Thesis (RST9999Y)

Orthodontics

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. S. Suri

Residents must be able to demonstrate adequate background knowledge of the following subjects,
which will not be scheduled in the formal curriculum of study: 1) Dental Histology; 2) Preventive

121 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Dentistry; and 3) Gross Anatomy. Oral examinations will be held in the first clinical year if the standard
of knowledge in any of the above subjects is below that required. Arrangements for a formal course of
instruction must be made through the Graduate Specialty Program Directors of the programs
concerned.

The following is an outline of the program curriculum:

YEAR I
First Term

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology (DEN1007F)

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

Oral Physiology: Sensory and Neuromuscular Function (DEN1060F)

Orthodontics 1 – Advanced Orthodontic Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (DEN2001Y)

Surgical Orthodontics (DEN2005Y)

Facial Growth and Facial Analysis (DEN2006Y)

Craniofacial Anatomy and Osteology (DEN2008Y)

Tissue Reaction to Orthodontic and Orthopedic Forces (DEN2010H)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

As in first term with the addition of

Cone Beam CT Imaging (DEN1008S)

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H)

YEAR II

First Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Orthodontics 2 – Biomechanics, Orthodontic Technique and Practice Administration (DEN2002Y)

Surgical Orthodontics (DEN2005Y)

Craniofacial Anomalies (DEN2007Y)*

122 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Classic Theories of Craniofacial Growth (DEN2009H)

Craniofacial Morphology and Development (DEN2011Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)
Second Term

As in first term with the addition of

Occlusion: Function and Dysfunction (DEN1016S)*

Temporomandibular Disorders (DEN1017S)*

Other courses can be arranged according to the student's interest through the Director of the Program,
or Chair of the Graduate Department.
*offered in alternate years
YEAR III
First Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Orthodontics 3 – Ortho Tech & Clin Prac (DEN2003Y)

Orthodontics 4 – Interceptive Ortho (DEN2004Y)

Surgical Orthodontics (DEN2005Y)

Craniofacial Anomalies (DEN2007Y)*

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

As in first term plus

Occlusion: Function and Dysfunction (DEN1016S)*

Temporormandibular Disorders (DEN1017S)*

Other courses can be arranged according to the student's interest through the Director of the Program,
or Chair of the Graduate Department.
*offered in alternate years

123 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Pediatric Dentistry

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. Karen Campbell

The Faculty of Dentistry, University of Toronto is the oldest fully accredited specialty program in
Pediatric Dentistry in Canada. This is a three year program leading to a Master’s of Science Degree with
advanced clinical training in all aspects of Pediatric Dentistry. The didactic program will be centered at
the Faculty of Dentistry, while the clinical program will be divided between the Faculty of Dentistry and
The Hospital for Sick Children with rotations to the Bloorview Kids Rehab. The program will also involve
rotations to public health community dental clinics and to Northern Ontario. Students will manage
emergency cases, cases under general anaesthesia, will provide hospital and faculty consultations, cases
under conscious sedation, pediatric pathology, pediatric oral and maxillofacial surgery, fixed and
removable orthodontics and complex restorative cases. In addition, students will be given some
undergraduate teaching responsibilities. Students are required to complete a Master’s research project
during the program. As this program develops, the curriculum may be changed to meet the needs of
students. Not all courses are offered each year. The following is an outline of the program curriculum:

YEAR I

First Term

Preventive Dentistry (DEN1003F)

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology (DEN1007F)

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

Inhalation and Oral Minimal and Moderate Sedation for Dental Procedures (DEN1090H)

Craniofacial Anomalies* (DEN2007Y)

Pediatrics (DEN4009Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 1 – Theory (DEN4001Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 2 – Journal Review (DEN4002Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 3 – Facial and Dental Growth and Development in Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4003Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 4 – Child Behaviour Management (DEN4004H)

Pediatric Dentistry 5 – Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4005Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 6 – Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery as it Applies to Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4006Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 7 – Pulp Therapy and Trauma (DEN4007H)

124 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Pediatric Orthodontics (DEN4008Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 9 – Care of Patients with Special Needs and Applied Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4010Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 8 – Conscious Sedation and Anaesthesia in Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4011Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

Oral Pathology (DEN1002S)

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H)

Pharmacology of Dental Therapeutics (DEN1062H) (Audit)

Pediatric Dentistry 1 – Theory (DEN4001Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 2 – Journal Review (DEN4002Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 3 – Facial and Dental Growth and Development in Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4003Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 4 – Child Behaviour Management (DEN4004H)

Pediatric Dentistry 5 – Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4005Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 6 – Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery as it Applies to Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4006Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 7 – Pulp Therapy and Trauma (DEN4007H)

Pediatric Orthodontics (DEN4008Y)

Pediatrics (DEN4009Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 9 – Care of Patients with Special Needs and Applied Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4010Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 8 – Conscious Sedation and Anaesthesia in Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4011Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Third Term

Pediatric Dentistry 1 – Theory (DEN4001Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 2 – Journal Review (DEN4002Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 5 – Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4005Y)

125 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Research (RST9999Y)

YEAR II

First Term

Craniofacial Anomalies* (DEN2007Y) Pediatric

Dentistry 1 – Theory (DEN4001Y) Pediatric

Dentistry 2 – Journal Review (DEN4002Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 5 – Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4005Y)

Pediatric Orthodontics (DEN4008Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

As in first term replacing Craniofacial Anomalies (DEN2007Y)

Dental Materials Science (DEN1070H)

Pediatric Dentistry 1 – Theory (DEN4001Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 2 – Journal Review (DEN4002Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 5 – Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4005Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Third Term

Pediatric Dentistry 1 – Theory (DEN4001Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 2 – Journal Review (DEN4002Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 5 – Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4005Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

YEAR III

First Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 1 – Theory (DEN4001Y)

126 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Pediatric Dentistry 2 – Journal Review (DEN4002Y)

Pediatric Dentistry 5 – Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (DEN4005Y)

Pediatric Orthodontics (DEN4008Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

As in first term with the addition of:


Cone Beam CT Imaging (DEN1008S)

*Dental Materials Science (DEN1070H)—if not taken in year 2

Periodontology

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. J. Lai

The degree program in Periodontology at the Faculty of Dentistry, University of Toronto is designed to
provide graduate residents with advanced dental specialty training in periodontology and implantology.
It is a minimum three-year program that generally accepts up to 3 residents per year. Successful
candidates graduating from this program are eligible, following completion of appropriate licensure
examinations, for certification as periodontists.

This program prepares the graduate residents for a career in periodontics by focusing on the clinical and
scientific research training. Residents graduating from this program will receive a Master of Science and
many will have publications in peer-reviewed journals. Graduate residents interested in a career in
academia may also pursue a Ph.D. in conjunction with the clinical periodontal training.
With regard to clinical training, residents are exposed to the all facets of modern periodontology. They
will become adept in diagnosing and treating periodontal diseases and other diseases of the oral cavity.
Advanced surgical training includes exposure to periodontal plastics and regenerative procedures.
Residents are trained to use a variety of endosseous implant systems. The Oral Reconstruction Center is
a program that has been developed in collaboration with periodontists, oral and maxillofacial surgeons
and prosthodontists where residents are exposed to a multi-disciplinary approach in advanced oral
reconstructive therapy. Residents are expected to be competent in single drug IV sedation.

This program is further enhanced by participation in hospital-based periodontics, craniofacial pain, oral
medicine and oral pathology rotations. In addition, residents are exposed to the clinical service and
research program, the Severe-Refractory Periodontal Disease Investigation and Treatment Unit. Patients
with extremely severe periodontal disease are subjected to detailed microbial and host system analyses
for the production of prospective outcome data following standard and novel treatment approaches.
These novel treatments are based upon medical and pharmacological principles that focus on regulation
of host factors such as matrix metalloprotease levels, modulation of inflammation and bone resorption.

The general structure of this program is based on the following format. Residents in their 1st year will be
expected to enter the thesis stream program in July. At this point, they will have chosen a research

127 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
project/supervisor so that they may begin their research projects. The 1st year includes clinical and
didactic training but is predominantly (75-80%) dedicated to the Masters Research project. Much more
intense clinical training begins in the 2nd and 3rd years of the program. If a resident is unable to
complete the thesis-stream MSc program, the resident will be asked to withdraw from the program in
graduate periodontology. In only rare circumstances and at the discretion of the Director of Graduate
Periodontology is a resident allowed to switch from a thesis stream Master program into a non-thesis
stream Masters with a research practicum.

Applicants are also advised that upon acceptance into the Periodontology program they are required to
purchase the following items: Camera for Case Documentation (details provided upon acceptance). Each
student in this program must successfully complete the A.C.L.S. (Advanced Cardiac Life Support) training
prior to entry to second year, so as to enable completion of IV sedation training.

The following is an outline of the curriculum and coursework required for completion of the degree
program in Periodontology.
YEAR I

First Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology (DEN1007F)

Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

Periodontology – Seminars and Clinics I (DEN1033Y)

Literature Review in Periodontology (DEN1036Y)

Principles and Practice of Periodontology (DEN1039Y)

Inhalation and Oral Minimal and Moderate Sedation for Dental Procedures (DEN1090H)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

As in first term with the addition of:

Cone Beam CT Imaging (DEN1008S)

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H)

Advances in Dental Materials Sciences (DEN1070H)*

YEAR II

First Term

128 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Investigating Pathogenic Biofilms (DEN1022F)

Periodontology – Seminars and Clinics II (DEN1034Y)

Literature Review in Periodontology (DEN1036Y)

Clinical Case Presentations (DEN1037Y)

Biomaterials and Implant/Reconstructive Dentistry (DEN1038Y)

Principles and Practice of Periodontology (DEN1039Y)

Parenteral Moderate Sedation for Dental Procedures (DEN1091Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term

Same as First Term plus:


Oral Pathology (DEN1002S)

Advances in Dental Materials Sciences (DEN1070H)*

YEAR III

First Term and Second Term

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Oral Surgical Pathology (DEN1013Y)

Periodontology - Seminars and Clinics III (DEN1035Y)

Clinical Case Presentations (DEN1037Y)

Biomaterials and Implant/Reconstructive Dentistry (DEN1038Y)

Principles and Practice of Periodontology (DEN1039Y)

Parenteral Moderate Sedation for Dental Procedures (DEN1091Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Mount Sinai Rotations

Princess Margaret Hospital Rotations

Implant Prosthodontics Unit (IPU)

129 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Oral Pathology Rotation (Clinical and Microscopic)

Research (RST9999Y)

Elective Graduate Courses

Other courses may be arranged

Prosthodontics

Graduate Specialty Program Director

Dr. D. Chvartszaid

This degree program prepares students for careers in the specialty of Prosthodontics with particular
emphasis on developing clinical teachers and researchers. The eclectic nature of the specialty demands
clinical skill and pedagogic acquisition in achieving the competencies to solve patients’ stomatognathic
problems using the optimal choice of fixed, removable or implant supported prostheses. Prosthodontics
also requires a climate of scientific rigor in the development of evidence-based clinical decision making
concerning the comprehensive treatment needs of all partially and completely edentulous patients,
including those with maxillofacial defects.

Extensive clinical training is provided under close supervision in the Faculty of Dentistry Prosthodontics
and the Implant Prosthodontic Unit. Strong surgical, communication, and interpersonal skills are
developed in addition to the core prosthodontic skills. Off-site rotations focus on management of
patients with specific needs. Rotation to the Princess Margaret Hospital focuses on Maxillofacial
Prosthodontics and oncologic management. Rotation to the Holland Bloorview Kids Rehabilitation
Hospital focuses on management of Prosthodontic needs in child and adolescent patients. The purpose
of these residencies is to learn by observation, participation in treatment planning, and actual clinical
treatment, the methods for management used for these patient populations and the challenges involved
for achieving optimal treatment results.

As a clinical requirement, a minimum of 20 assigned comprehensively treated patients must be


completed to the satisfaction of the Graduate Specialty Program Director. The three year
course leads to an MSc Degree. Students interested in pursuing a research career will also have
the opportunity to apply for a PhD position. A formal curriculum is available to ensure that
education objectives are met. The following courses comprise the proposed curriculum, but
may be modified to suit the student’s research goals. Course selection may also be modified to
include substitute or elective courses as required for the preparation of the Master’s degree
requirements.

YEAR I

First Term

Research Ethics (DEN1010H)

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology (DEN1007H)

130 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Introduction to Biostatistics (DEN1015H)

Prosthodontics I - Prosthodontic Treatment Planning (DEN1041Y)

Prosthodontics II - Advanced operative/Restorative Dentistry (DEN1042Y)*

Prosthodontics III - Patients with the Partially Edentulous Mouth and Advanced Prosthodontic Care
(DEN1043Y)

Prosthodontics IV - Patients with the Fully Edentulous Mouth and Advanced Prosthodontic Care
(DEN1044Y)

Prosthodontics V - Critical Appraisal of the Literature (DEN1045Y)

Clinical Prosthodontics (DEN1046Y)

Oral Physiology: Sensory and Neuromuscular Function (DEN1060F)

Inhalation and Oral Minimal and Moderate Sedation for Dental Procedures (DEN1090H)

Research (RST9999Y)

Second Term
Same as first term with the addition of:

Cone Beam CT Imaging (DEN1008S)

Clinical Epidemiology and Evidence-Based Care (DEN1014H)

Advances in Dental Materials Sciences (DEN1070H)*

YEAR II

Occlusion: Function and Dysfunction (DEN1016S)*

Temporomandibular Disorders (DEN1017S)*

Prosthodontics I (DEN1041Y)

Prosthodontics II (DEN1042Y)* (if not taken in year 1)

Prosthodontics III (DEN1043Y)

Prosthodontics IV (DEN1044Y)

Prosthodontics V (DEN1045Y)

Clinical Prosthodontics (DEN1046Y)

Advances in Dental Materials Sciences (DEN1070H)*

131 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Research (RST9999Y)

Elective Graduate Courses

YEAR III

Seminars in Oral Health Sciences (DEN1001Y/DEN1100Y)

Prosthodontics I (DEN1041Y)

Prosthodontics III (DEN1043Y)

Prosthodontics IV (DEN1044Y)

Clinical Prosthodontics (DEN1046Y)

Clinical Conferences (PDE9094Y)

Research (RST9999Y)

Elective Graduate Courses

132 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Residencies in General Dentistry

One year residencies in general dentistry are available in the following University of Toronto teaching
hospitals:

The Hospital for Sick Children (4 positions)

Mount Sinai Hospital (6 positions)

Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre (3 positions)

Residents are given supervised clinical experience in hospital dentistry and assignments to other hospital
departments. A three-week to one month assignment to a northern Ontario hospital is offered also. The
Associate Dean of Graduate Education, in consultation with Hospital Directors, arranges a special seminar
course for dental residents. Completion of the seminar course comprises residents to demonstrate –

1) Minimum of 70% attendance of seminars

2) Active participation and involvement in discussions of seminars

3) A grade of 80% or better on the IV sedation exam

Other components of the one year residency program require that residents give a group oral
presentation at the City Wide rounds in November and May of the following year. A critically important
part of the course is participation in the question and answer period that follows each presentation.

Admission Requirements

To be eligible for admission into the Dental Residency program applicants must:

 Be a graduate of a four year dentistry program or possess equivalent qualifications, by the


commencement of the appointment in June.
 Foreign-trained dental graduates, i.e. graduates of non-accredited dental programs, should have
completed the International Dentist Advanced Placement Program and the National Dental
Examining Board of Canada (NDEB) examinations.
 As English is the primary language of instruction and communication at the University of Toronto,
applicants must demonstrate an adequate level of proficiency in English, regardless of their
citizenship status or country of origin. Applicants from universities outside Canada where English is
not the primary language of instruction must provide results of an English language proficiency
examination as part of their application. Tests must have been taken within the last 2 years at the
time of submission of their application. Acceptable proof of English facility must be submitted by
the application deadline (September 29). Official test scores must be sent by the testing agency
directly to the University of Toronto. Our institution code is 0982. The following tests are
recognized:

a) Test of English as a Foreign (TOEFL): The Minimum requirement is TOEFL PBT - total
score 600 + 5.0 on TWE and for TOEFL IBT - total score 100 + 22 on Writing.

133 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
b) Michigan English Language Assessment Battery (MELAB): The minimum
requirement is an overall score of 85, with no part below 80.
c) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) Academic Module: The
minimum requirement is an overall band of 6.5, with no band below 6.0.
d) The Certificate of Proficiency in English (COPE): The minimum requirement is an
overall score of 86, with 32 in Writing and 22 in each of the Reading and Listening
sections.
e) Academic Preparation ESL, School of Continuing Studies, University of Toronto: The
minimum requirement is a grade of 'B' at the 60/Advanced level.

Residents must conform to Faculty of Dentistry and hospital regulations as they relate to conduct and
patient care.

How to Apply

This is a five-step application process. Documentation must be provided for each step according to the
following schedule:

Step 1 – Application Deadline: September 28.


Step 2 – Register with the National Match Service Deadline: October 1.
Step 3 - Interviews.
Step 4 – Submit Rank Order List to National Match Service Deadline: November 16.
Step 5 – Review Match Results and Respond to a Matched Program.

STEP 1 - Submitting an Application

To apply to the Dental Residency program you must complete a paper application form which can be
obtained from the Faculty of Dentistry website. In addition to the application form the following
documents must be received by the Admissions office by the September 28th application deadline:

 Non-refundable application service fee of $ 275.00 CDN payable to the University of Toronto.
Payment may be made by certified check or money order. We do not accept personal checks or
cash.
 One to two page biographical statement.
 Official transcripts of all previous university education including both undergraduate and dental
school studies.* Transcripts must be sent to the Admissions office directly from the issuing
institution in a sealed envelope. University of Toronto students applying to the dental residency
program do not need to send in their official University of Toronto transcripts. We will download
them from ROSI.

*Applicants seeking admission on the basis of official documents that are in a language other than
English must submit photocopies of their original documents attached to notarized English
translations. In addition, applicants must arrange for an official transcript to be forwarded directly
to the Admissions Office from the institution(s) attended by the application deadline.

 Two letters of reference in sealed envelopes.


 Proof of English facility (if applicable) sent directly by the testing agency to the University of
Toronto.

134 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Admission documents need to be mailed to the following address:

Admissions Office
Faculty of Dentistry
124 Edward Street, Room 104
Toronto, ON M5G1G6
Canada

STEP 2 – Register for the MATCH

October 1: Applicants should register with the National Match Service (NMS) for Canadian General
Practice Residency (GPR-CAN) https://www.natmatch.com/ beginning on this date. REGISTRATION
DEADLINE is November 16. Instructions from NMS on Rank Order Lists and obtaining Match results is
sent to registered applicants, therefore it is recommended that you register prior to the deadline.

STEP 3 – Interviews

Interviews are an integral part of the application process. The U of T Teaching Hospitals will conduct their
interviews after the application deadline. The interviews will take place the last weekend in October.
Please follow the instructions below:

Each Hospital Dental Department sets its own interview schedule independently of the other Hospitals. If
you are selected for an interview, the hospital dental department will contact you directly to set up a
date and time for your interview.

STEP 4 – Submit Rank Order List to National Match Service

November 16: DEADLINE FOR RANK ORDER FORMS to be submitted to the National Match Service by
applicants and programs.

STEP 5 – Review MATCH and Respond To Matched Program

On November 28 the results of the match are released by the NMS to applicants and program directors
via the website. The program director of the program to which you have been matched will contact you
by e-mail. An immediate response is expected.

A list of unmatched programs and unmatched candidates will be available on the NMS website following
the release of the match results.

Selection of Applicants

The criteria for selection include academic achievement, motivation, maturity, professionalism, and the
ability to work as a team member. Applicants who have never held a dental residency will have preferred
status over those who have had this experience. Positions will be offered only to applicants participating
in the Match Process.

Applicants should review the Match Process, including the Overview of the Match, Rules for Participation,
and the Matching Algorithm in the NMS website at: https://www.natmatch.com/dentres/.

Matched applicants will be e-mailed by the Program Directors on November 28; immediate confirmation
by the applicant by e-mail is expected. The Hospital Dental Departments and Faculty GPR Program will

135 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
maintain all correspondence with incoming residents pertaining to contracts, schedules, responsibilities,
payroll procedures, etc. The Admissions and Graduate Offices in the Faculty of Dentistry will maintain all
correspondence pertaining to admission/registration as students in the Faculty of Dentistry.

Practice of Dentistry in Ontario

Successful applicants will be required to obtain either an Educational Certificate or a General Certificate
of Registration (license) before they may practice in Ontario. Candidates who have not completed the
NDEB examinations obtain an Educational Certificate. Incoming residents should contact the Registrar at
the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario (RCDSO) well in advance of their official starting date to
obtain annual licensing costs and to make the necessary arrangements. The RCDSO can be reached at:

Royal College of Dental Surgeons


6 Crescent Road, Fifth Floor
Toronto, ON, M4W 1T1
Telephone: (416) 961-6555

Special Students

1. Dental graduates who apply to spend up to one year in the department without enrolling in a
program

Dental graduates, who seek advanced clinical training, without enrolling in the M.Sc. program, are
occasionally accepted for no more than one year, provided space and resources are available. Such
persons must fulfil the following requirements.

(a) Must have completed specialist training in the specialty for which they are applying.

(b) Must be supported by the specialty department of a teaching institution in which they are
employed or have an offer of employment.

Such students must be aware that there will be no active clinical treatment without the permission of
the Graduate Chair.

2. Dental graduates who have been accepted as clinical fellows at one of the teaching hospitals
legally affiliated with the Faculty of Dentistry, University of Toronto

The head of the hospital department must present the academic transcript and C.V. of the candidate
together with a plan for the study he/she will undertake while at the hospital. If approved by the
Graduate Advisory Committee such candidates will be registered as Special Students and will be able to
perform clinical work under supervision in the hospitals.

136 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Dental Specialty Assessment and Training Program

Admission Information

The Dental Specialty Assessment and Training Program (DSATP) is a special university program with an
initial assessment for a duration of a maximum of three months to a maximum of 12 months of training
in total. The length of the program will be decided by the program specialty and the needs of the
candidate. This program is intended for graduates of non-accredited dental specialty programs, i.e.
educational programs that have not been accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of
Canada (CDAC) or the American Dental Association Commission on Dental Accreditation (CODA).

The program is designed to clinically assess applicants to determine whether they have the knowledge,
skill and judgement equivalent to the standards set to graduate a student from a CDAC or CODA
accredited dental specialty program. Upon successful completion of the Dental Specialty Assessment
and Training Program, the student would be eligible to apply to write the National Dental Specialty
Examination (NDSE) administered by the Royal College of Dentists of Canada. Upon successful
completion of this examination, the candidate would be eligible for licensure by one of the Dental
Regulatory Authorities.

Programs Offering Training

The Faculty of Dentistry offers the following programs for DSATP assessment and training but it is
important to note that spaces are limited by physical facilities and may not be available every year:

Dental Anaesthesia

Dental Public Health

Endodontics

Oral Pathology & Oral Medicine

Oral Pathology

Oral Medicine

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology

Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

Orthodontics

Pediatric Dentistry

Periodontology

Prosthodontics

137 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
To be eligible for admission into the Dental Specialty Assessment & Training program applicants must:

 Be graduates of a dental specialty program not accredited by the Commission on Dental


Accreditation of Canada (CDAC) or the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental
Association (CODA).

 Be a Canadian citizen or have permanent residency status in Canada by the March 31st application
deadline. International Students are not eligible to apply to this program.

 As English is the primary language of instruction and communication at the University of Toronto,
applicants must demonstrate an adequate level of proficiency in English, regardless of their
citizenship status or country of origin. Applicants from universities outside Canada where English is
not the primary language of instruction must provide results of an English language proficiency
examination as part of their application. Tests must have been taken within the last 2 years at the
time of submission of their application. Acceptable proof of English facility must be submitted by
the application deadline (July 2). Official test scores must be sent by the testing agency directly to
the University of Toronto. Our institution code is 0982. The following tests are recognized:

a) Test of English as a Foreign (TOEFL): The Minimum requirement is TOEFL PBT - total
score 600 + 5.0 on TWE and for TOEFL IBT - total score 100 + 22 on Writing.
b) Michigan English Language Assessment Battery (MELAB): The minimum
requirement is an overall score of 85, with no part below 80.
c) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) Academic Module: The
minimum requirement is an overall band of 6.5, with no band below 6.0.
d) The Certificate of Proficiency in English (COPE): The minimum requirement is an
overall score of 86, with 32 in Writing and 22 in each of the Reading and Listening
sections.
e) Academic Preparation ESL, School of Continuing Studies, University of Toronto: The
minimum requirement is a grade of 'B' at the 60/Advanced level.

 Write the Dental Specialty Core Knowledge Examination (DSCKE) administered by the National
Dental Examining Board of Canada (NDEB) prior to the application deadline, and to arrange for
their results to be forwarded to the Admissions Office. The DSCKE exam must have been taken
within the last two years at the time of the submission of your application. To register for the
DSCKE exam contact:

The National Dental Examining Board of Canada


80 Elgin Street, 2nd Floor
Ottawa, ON
K1P 6R2
Telephone: (613) 236-5912
Email: [email protected]
Web site: https://ndeb-bned.ca/en/non-accredited-specialty

138 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
How to Apply

To apply to the Dental Specialty Assessment & Training program you must complete the paper
application form obtained from the Faculty of Dentistry website. In addition to the application form the
following documents must be received by the Admissions office by the March 31st deadline:

 Non-refundable application service fee of $ 275.00 CDN payable to the University of Toronto.
Payment may be made by certified check or money order. We do not accept personal checks or
cash.
 Proof of citizenship (if applicable), i.e. Canadian citizenship or permanent resident status
(photocopy only). This document can be mailed directly, faxed to: (416) 979-4944 or sent via e-mail
to: [email protected].
 Proof of English facility (if applicable) sent directly by the testing agency to the University of
Toronto.
 Notarized copy of your dental school grades accompanied by a notarized English translation, if
applicable.
 Notarized copy of your dental school diploma accompanied by a notarized English translation, if
applicable.
 Notarized copy of your dental specialty grades accompanied by a notarized English translation, if
applicable.
 Notarized copy of your dental specialty diploma or degree accompanied by a notarized English
translation, if applicable.
 A photocopy of your NDEB Dental Specialty Core Knowledge results.
 Curriculum Vitae.
 One page statement of interest, including current activities and when you last practiced your
specialty.
 Letters of recommendation. A minimum of two are required.
 Applicants who are submitting documents in a name other than that shown on the application
must submit proof of name change with the application. A notarized copy of one of the following is
acceptable: Marriage Certificate or Change-of-Name Order issued by an Ontario Court Judge or by
another court of competent jurisdiction

Admission documents need to be mailed to the following address:

Admissions Office
Faculty of Dentistry
124 Edward Street, Room 104
Toronto, ON M5G1G6
Canada

Selection of Applicants

Applications will be reviewed after the application deadline. Applicants who are considered may be
contacted for an interview. The decision of the Faculty of Dentistry concerning admission into the Dental
Specialty Training and Assessment Program is final. No appeal mechanism exists.

A CAD$2,000 non-refundable deposit will be required at the time of acceptance. This amount will be
applied to the fees providing he/she registers.

139 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Student Affairs and Student Services

Student Affairs at the Faculty of Dentistry

Students are encouraged to discuss directly with instructors any difficulties they are having in specific
courses. Financial concerns should be discussed with the appropriate Programs Officer in the Student
Services Office or with the Faculty Registrar. The Faculty Registrar, the Director of Student Life or the
Associate Dean, Graduate Education as appropriate, are also available for discussions of personal
problems, academic or non-academic.

Students who have questions concerning the best way of routing a query to the appropriate office or
individual should inquire at the Student Services Office (Room 104).

Student Representation

There are two separate societies representing students at the Faculty.

Dental Students’ Society - (DSS)

The Society is the official undergraduate organization in the Faculty of Dentistry. Every full-time
undergraduate student in the Faculty is automatically a member of the Society, which organizes and
controls the athletic, dramatic, literary, social and other group activities of the student body.

Graduate and Postgraduate Dental Students' Society - (GPDSS)

The Society is the official graduate organization in the Faculty of Dentistry and is affiliated with the
Graduate Students' Union of the University of Toronto. Each full-time graduate student in the Faculty is
a member of the Society, which organizes social and other extra-curricular group activities of the
graduate student body.

Student Services at the University of Toronto

The following services are available to all students registered in the Faculty of Dentistry, University of
Toronto.

Health Sciences Writing Centre

The Health Sciences Writing Centre is a teaching facility open to both undergraduate and graduate
Dentistry students. It offers free 45-minute sessions with experienced tutors. Dentistry students may
bring in research papers or essays for any course, at any stage, and will receive help in developing their
capacities to plan, research, organize, write, and revise their work. Workshops on academic skills of
specific interest to Dentistry students are also offered.
The Centre has four offices including one located in the Faculty of Dentistry. Phone (416) 978-3448 to
book an appointment. Website: http://www.hswriting.ca/

140 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Accessibility Services for Students

Special Services offers liaison with academic and administrative departments and off-campus agencies.
The service provides advocacy and support for students with a wide range of hidden or obvious
disabilities and health considerations and incorporates a learning disability division. Facilities include
provision of adaptive devices and equipment, tutoring, notetaking and alternative exam conditions for
those eligible, on-campus transportation where appropriate, access to computer labs, and personal and
career counselling. The objective of the service is to facilitate the inclusion of students with special
needs into all aspects of university life. Students are encouraged to discuss their individual needs with a
member of the Accessibility Services staff, and all discussions are confidential. Disability Services also
provides information and resource materials on health conditions and disability related issues.

The office is located at 455 Spadina Avenue (just North of College Street), 4th Floor, Suite 400. For more
information please call (416) 978-8060 (Voice) or (416) 978-1902 (TDD) FAX # (416) 978-8246. They can
also be reached at [email protected].

Career Counselling and Placement

The Koffler Student Services Centre, 214 College St., University of Toronto, offers career counselling and
placement services to all University of Toronto students and recent graduates. Career counselling is
available on a one-to-one basis, as well as in group sessions dealing with such topics as career planning,
occupational research, resume and interview preparation, job hunt skills and strategies. Placement
services include part-time, summer and permanent job services, including the on-campus recruitment
program for graduating students. The career library at the Centre supplements the counselling and
placement services with employment, career and education information, marketing surveys, as well as
directories of business and industry.

Website: http://www.studentlife.utoronto.ca/cc
Housing Services

Most of the University's students live at home in Toronto. The balance is divided equally between those
who reside in a student residence and those who locate off-campus accommodation about thirty to
forty-five minutes travel time from classes. The University of Toronto Housing Service in the Koffler
Student Services Centre also serves as a year-round source of up-to-date residence information as well
as other information a student might need to assist in locating and arranging suitable housing. Each
campus Housing Service maintains listings of available dwellings advertised by city landlords and by
students seeking others to join them.

Residences

Residences for single, graduate and undergraduate students are located on all three campuses of the
University. Students wishing more information should contact the Housing Service for a list of residences
with address and phone number, and cost. At the Housing Service on the St. George campus, students
may use the Residence Information Terminal to view photographs and get information for the residences
on all three campuses.

141 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Family Housing

Family housing is available in 713 apartments on the St. George campus. Priority for the unfurnished
university apartments is given to student families. The term "family" refers to students residing with
their dependent children and to childless couples in a permanent relationship. Waiting periods for these
apartments may vary depending on the time of year and the type of apartment requested so it is
advisable to apply as soon as a student is seriously considering attending the University. Students may
submit an application for Family Housing before being given an offer of admission to the University.
Contact the Housing Service to receive an information/application package.

Off-campus Housing

The off-campus housing market is currently very tight for tenants in Toronto, and there is limited
accommodation available which is affordable for most students. Students who are looking for off-
campus housing use the lists of advertisements displayed in their Housing Services as they would the
"classified" section of a newspaper, locating accommodation to meet their needs while staying in
temporary housing which they arrange in advance of their arrival. At the Housing Service on the St.
George campus, students may also search on-line by type(s) of accommodation, area(s) of the city, and
price range desired. The Housing Service at the Koffler Student Services Centre will provide a list of
temporary accommodation on request.

For the winter academic session, some students rent their long-term housing from August 1 or October
1, avoiding the September 1 occupancy date which is popular with students at most post-secondary
educational institutions in the city. Housing is usually advertised about four to six weeks in advance of
the date it becomes available for occupancy and it generally takes one to three weeks for a student to
locate suitable accommodation, depending on the type of housing desired and budget. Since
accommodation is not inspected, the quality cannot be estimated or guaranteed. Therefore it is very
important for students to meet with the landlord and inspect the premises before entering any
agreement.

Cost of Student Housing

Most of the residences have a compulsory meal plan. As a guideline, for the 2016-2017 school terms,
the cost of residence with a full meal plan was approximately $10,755to $17,800 for the eight-month
academic session. Modified meal plans are available in some residences. The cost of a residence
providing cooking facilities but no meal plan will be approximately $8,797 to $9,226. Fees are usually
paid in two installments at the beginning of each of the four-month fall and spring terms. For 2016-
2017, rent for the university family housing ranged from approximately $743 to $1,218 depending on
the location and size of the unit, and is payable monthly. Rooms in shared houses or apartments off-
campus generally cost students $500 to $650 per month. However, a student requiring a private
apartment off-campus usually pays $800 to $1000, $1000 to $1250 or $1100 to $1650 for a bachelor,
one- or two-bedroom unit respectively. A three-bedroom apartment will usually rent for $1300 to
$2400.

142 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
More information can be obtained from the following office:

University of Toronto Housing Service, St. George Campus


Koffler Students Services Centre, 214 College Street
Toronto, ON, Canada, M5T 2Z9
Phone: (416) 978-8045;
Fax: (416) 978-1616
Email: [email protected];
Website: http://www.studentlife.utoronto.ca/hs

Office of the University Ombudsperson

As part of the University's commitment to ensuring that the rights of its individual members are
protected, the University Ombudsperson investigates complaints from any member of the University not
handled through regular channels. The Ombudsperson offers advice and assistance and can recommend
changes in academic or administrative procedures where this seems justified. In handling a complaint,
the Ombudsperson has access to all relevant files and information and to all appropriate University
officials. The Ombudsperson handles all matters in strict confidence, unless the individual involved
approves otherwise. The Ombudsperson is independent of all administrative structures of the University
and is accountable only to Governing Council.

For further information, write or telephone:

The Office of the University Ombudsperson, McMurrich Building, First Floor, Room 102
12 Queen’s Park Crescent West, Toronto, Ontario, M5S 1S8
Telephone: (416) 946-3485
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: http://ombudsperson.utoronto.ca/

Sexual Harassment Education, Counselling and Complaint Office

The University of Toronto does not tolerate any form of sexual harassment and is actively endeavoring to
provide an environment free of it. All forms of sexual harassment, from verbal abuse to inappropriate
touching to sexual assault are covered by the University's policy. The Sexual Harassment Education,
Counselling and Complaint Office was established to educate the University community on this issue. The
Sexual Harassment Officer also provides counselling to those people who are the object of unwanted
sexual attention and to those who are alleged to have sexually harassed someone, as well as implements
the formal complaint procedure. Contacting the Sexual Harassment Officer is not a commitment to file a
complaint and at any point a complaint can be dropped.

The services of the Sexual Harassment Office are available to all members of the University. All
complaints and requests for information will be kept completely confidential unless the individuals
involved approve otherwise.

143 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
For information contact:

The Sexual Harassment Office, University of Toronto


215 Huron Street, 6th Floor, Suite 603
Toronto, Ontario, M5S 1J7
Telephone: (416) 978-3908
Website: http://sho.utoronto.ca/

Family Care Advisor

Many students balance family obligations with their studies. The University of Toronto is committed to
fostering a "family friendly" learning and working environment.

The Family Care Advisor provides counselling and referral services to students who require child care,
elder care or other forms of assistance with family responsibilities. Additional services include support
groups, a newsletter and guest speakers. The drop-in resource centre contains a library of material on
family issues.

The Family Care Advisor and the Resource Center are located at the Koffler Student Services Centre,
University of Toronto, 214 College Street, Main Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5T 2Z9. Students are asked to
telephone (416) 978-0951 to arrange an appointment in advance.

E-mail: [email protected]; Website: http://www.familycare.utoronto.ca/

144 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Awards, Financial Assistance and Fees

The following describes the various scholarships, prizes, bursaries and loan funds available to students in
the Faculty of Dentistry.

Scholarships and Prizes are awarded to students of high academic standing and, generally, financial
need is not taken into account. In most cases application is not required.

Bursaries are awarded to students who can show a need for financial assistance and have a satisfactory
academic record. Bursaries listed here are, with few exceptions, restricted to dental students.

Loan Funds are available to students who need further financial assistance and are in clear standing. The
Kellogg loan fund is restricted to students in this Faculty. Application is required, and a formal loan
agreement must be signed.

As the value of an endowed award is dependent on the income of a fund, it is possible that the value at
time of payment may differ from the amount shown here. In the case of awards not endowed, payment
will be dependent on the receipt of the annual amount from the donor.

Awards for graduate study and research will be paid in one installment as soon as possible after the
granting of the award. All other awards will be credited first against outstanding fees and the balance
will be paid to the student.

To be eligible for any award, students must achieve standing satisfactory to Faculty Council in the overall
work of the year. Students repeating courses are not eligible for any prizes or scholarships associated
with the courses being repeated. In the case of book awards, Faculty Council reserves the right to
approve the selection of the book to be presented.

There are sources of financial aid, not specifically directed to students in dentistry that are not listed
here. Information about these funds may be obtained from the Student Services Office.

Scholarships and Prizes for the D.D.S. Program

Admission

The Albert Dahlberg Admission Scholarship


This award was established by Dr. John Mayhall, a professor in the Faculty of Dentistry, in honour of the
memory of Dr. Albert Dahlberg, one of the founders of the field of dental anthropology. The award is to
be given to a student upon entrance into the first year of the D.D.S. program on the basis of financial need.
Academic merit will also be considered. The student must have completed a graduate degree or
equivalent before enrolling in the D.D.S. program. First awarded in 1998.

145 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
George and Olga Haas Scholarship at the University of Toronto
This endowment was established by Dr. Daniel Haas and matched by the Boundless Promise Program
(BPP), in memory of his parents, who placed tremendous value on higher education. It is to be awarded
to D.D.S. students in first year of the program on the basis of financial need and academic merit.

Antony and Hedy Kalamut Award


This award was established by Dr. Frank Kalamut, a part-time instructor in the dental program, in
honour of his parents. This award is to be given to a student upon entrance into the first year of the
D.D.S. program on the basis of financial need. Not tenable with other admission awards. First awarded
in 2005.

The Dr. Paul LaDelfa Memorial Admission Scholarship


This award was established in memory of Dr. LaDelfa, Class of 1982, who died in May 1996 in a tragic car
accident. This award is to be given to a student upon entrance into the first year of the D.D.S. program on
the basis of financial need. Academic merit will also be considered. First awarded in 1998.

Tom Lykos Memorial Scholarship


This award was established by members of the class of 1989, family and friends of Tom Lykos to honour
his memory. Tom died (in 1987) while in the second year of the program. The monetary award is given
to a student entering first year that shows outstanding academic ability. First awarded in 1989.

Somborac Admission Scholarship


This award was established by Mrs. Roxy Somborac, the widow of Dr. Stephen Somborac, Class of 1959,
and the mother of Dr. Milan Somborac, Class of 1964, in their honour. The monetary award will be given
to the student entering First Year of the D.D.S., program who shows outstanding academic ability based
upon admission documents. Not tenable with other admission scholarships. First awarded in 1991.

Javenthy Soobiah Admission Scholarship


This award was established by Miss Javenthy Soobiah in the Faculty of Dentistry. The monetary award
will be given to the student entering the First Year of the D.D.S. program who shows outstanding
academic ability based upon application documents. Not tenable with other admission scholarships.
First awarded in 1992.

First Year

The Federation of Chinese Canadian Professionals (Ontario) Education Foundation Scholarships


Two annual awards of $500 each have been established by the F.C.C.P. (Ontario) Education Foundation.
These will be given to (1) the most outstanding student in Dental Anatomy & Occlusion in first year; and
(2) the most outstanding student in Clinical and Theoretical Periodontics in third year. First awarded in
1986.

Isaak Orfanidis Achievement Award


This award was established by family, friends and members of the Class of 1992 to honour the memory
of Isaak Orfanidis, an undergraduate dental student who died in an airplane crash the summer following
his first year. The monetary award from the endowment is to be awarded to the most outstanding first
year full time student based on academic achievement and extra-curricular activities in the Faculty. First
awarded in 1990.

146 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Schwetz Gross Anatomy Scholarships
An endowment has been established by Dr. Viola Labodowsky to commemorate the late William
Stephen Schwetz, D.D.S., an oral surgeon on the Faculty staff until his death in 1968. Monetary
scholarships are awarded annually to the First Year students with the highest and second highest mark
in Gross Anatomy. Honours’ standing is required. First awarded in 1977.

Dr. Myers L. Stitt Scholarships


These awards were established in honour of the memory of Dr. Myers Lawson Stitt, Class of 1927, by his
son, Mr. Bert Stitt and family. These awards are to be given to the students with the highest overall
academic achievement in the work of First Year Dentistry. The monetary value of the awards will depend
upon the recipients’ financial need. First awarded in 1998.

The J. N. Wilkinson Prize


Through a bequest from the late Jonathan Norman Wilkinson, D.D.S., an annual prize has been
established comprising a book or subscription, to be awarded to the most outstanding student in
Microbiology. Honours standing in the subject is required. First awarded in 1971.

James Branston Willmott Scholarships


The James Branston Willmott Scholarships are the gift of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of
Ontario in memory of James Branston Willmott, D.D.S., LL.D., who was Dean of the School of Dentistry
of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons from 1875 to 1915.

In its present form the award comprises two monetary scholarships of $500 each, presented to the
students with the highest overall achievement in First and Second Years respectively.

Second Year

Dr. I. Ben Ezra Scholarship


The estate of the late Isaac Ben Ezra, D.D.S., has provided for the establishment of a scholarship in the
Faculty of Dentistry and the Faculty of Medicine. An award will be given alternating years to the most
outstanding student in Restorative Dentistry in Second Year. The award will consist of the annual income
from the fund. First awarded in 1978/79.

S. G. Bridgman Prize
The S. G. Bridgman Prize was established in memory of Shaun Bridgman who died in 1973 while an
undergraduate in the Faculty, and is donated by the Dental Students' Society. A permanent plaque is
engraved with the names of winners, each of whom receives a replica. It is awarded annually to the
most deserving student in Second Year Dentistry on the basis of extra-curricular activities, leadership
qualities and scholastic attainment. First awarded in 1974.

Willa Wen-Lan Liu Chou Award


The estate of the late Willa Wen-Lan Liu Chou, D.D.S., has provided for the establishment of scholarships
to be awarded to the student with the highest overall achievement in the work of First and Second Years
and the student with the highest overall achievement in the work of Third and Fourth Years. The award
consists of the annual income to be awarded equally to a student in Second and Fourth Years. First
awarded in 1981/82.

147 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
The Sally and Bernard Gruszko Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship was established by Ms. Helen Grad, Faculty Pharmacist and Assistant Professor and a
member of the Faculty of Dentistry since 1980, in memory of her parents, Sally and Bernard Gruszko.
This scholarship is awarded to a DDS II student with the highest mark in Second Year Pharmacology. First
awarded in 2006.

Robert S. Locke Scholarship in Anaesthesia


This scholarship was established by friends and associates of Dr. Locke upon his retirement as Head of
Anaesthesia from 1960 to 1990. The monetary award is awarded to the most outstanding student in
Second Year in the subject of Anaesthesia. First awarded in 1991.

Dr. Marvin Kopel Memorial Scholarship in General Pathology


This scholarship was established by colleagues, friends and family of Dr. Kopel. The annual monetary
award is awarded to the most outstanding student in Second Year in the subject of General Pathology.
First awarded in 2003.

Frank Martin Scholarship


The Crown and Bridge Study Club offers a prize of $2,000 and a certificate to the most outstanding
student in the preclinical technique courses of Prosthodontics and Restorative Dentistry in second year.
First awarded in 1963/64.

Dr. Howard Rocket Preventive Scholarships


These awards were established by Dr. Howard Rocket, Class of 1972. A maximum of four awards will be
made each year; two awards to the two students with the most outstanding marks in Second Year
Preventive Dentistry and two awards to the two students with the most outstanding marks in Third Year
Preventive Dentistry. The monetary awards will depend upon the recipients’ financial need. First
awarded in 1998.

Wallace Seccombe Memorial Scholarship


The Wallace Seccombe Memorial Scholarship was established with funds donated by members of the
dental profession, to commemorate the life and work of the late Wallace Seccombe, D.D.S., who was an
officer of the School of Dentistry and of the Faculty of Dentistry for many years, and Dean from 1923
until his death in 1936. The monetary scholarship, will be awarded to the student who, having
completed without condition the First and Second Years, shows outstanding ability in the subject of
Preventive Dentistry. First awarded in 1940.

Albert E. Webster Memorial Scholarship


This scholarship was established, with funds donated by members of the dental profession, in memory
of the late Albert E. Webster, M.D., D.D.S., LL.D., a member of the staff from 1893 to 1936, and from
1915 to 1923 Dean of the School of Dentistry. The first award was made in 1940, and was for Fourth
Year students only. A bequest to the Faculty in 1990 from Dr. Howard George Lloyd to further honour
Dr. Webster permitted the extension of this award to Second Year students as well. The monetary
income from the endowment fund will provide two equal awards for the Second and Fourth Year
students who are the most outstanding in the subject of clinical Restorative Dentistry over First and
Second, and Third and Fourth Years respectively. First awards under the new terms were made in 1991.

148 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
James Branston Willmott Scholarships
The James Branston Willmott Scholarships are the gift of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of
Ontario in memory of James Branston Willmott, D.D.S., LL.D., who was Dean of the School of Dentistry of
the Royal College of Dental Surgeons from 1875 to 1915. In its present form the award comprises two
scholarships of $500 each, presented to the students with the highest overall achievement in First and
Second Years respectively.

Third Year

Dr. Isaac Ben Ezra Scholarships


The estate of the late Isaac Ben Ezra, D.D.S., has provided for the establishment of scholarships in the
Faculty of Dentistry and the Faculty of Medicine. Every other year an award will be given to the most
outstanding student in Restorative Dentistry in Second Year and a second award to the most out-
standing student in Oral Surgery in Third Year. Each award will consist of one-half the income from the
fund. The awards will alternate with the Schwetz Memorial Scholarships given in the same subject areas.
First awarded in 1978/79

Helen Chomyn Prize in Orthodontics


This prize was established to honour Mrs. Helen Chomyn's retirement from the Faculty of Dentistry in
June 1988 following 27 years of loyal and devoted service. A monetary award is awarded to the most
outstanding third year student in clinical and theoretical Orthodontics. First awarded in 1989.

Dental Services Group of Toronto Inc. Award


Formerly the Posen and Furie Award, the Dental Services Group of Toronto Inc. awards $1,000 annually
to the most outstanding student in Third Year clinical and didactic Prosthodontics. First awarded in
1952.
Dentistry Class of '23 Scholarship
A gift of the members of the 1923 class is awarded annually to the student with the highest overall
achievement in academic and clinical courses in Third Year. The value of the monetary scholarship is the
annual income from the endowment fund. In the event that no award is made in any session, two
scholarships may be awarded in a subsequent session, the second going to the student with second
highest overall achievement. First awarded in 1947.

The William J. Evon Scholarship


This scholarship was established by friends and colleagues of the late William J. Evon, D.D.S. It is
awarded annually to the most outstanding student in Pharmacology. Honours’ standing in the subject is
required. The value of the scholarship is the annual income from the endowment fund. First awarded in
1967/68.

The Federation of Chinese Canadian Professionals (Ontario) Education Foundation Scholarships


Two annual awards of $500 each have been established by the F.C.C.P. (Ont.) Education Foundation.
These will be given to (1) the most outstanding student in Oral Anatomy in first year; and (2) the most
outstanding student in Clinical and Theoretical Periodontics in third year. First awarded in 1986.

149 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
The Earl West Fuller Award
The estate of Earl West Fuller, D.D.S., has provided for the establishment of an award to outstanding
students in Operative Dentistry--clinical. The value of the award is the annual income on a trust fund of
$15,000. First awarded in 1979/80.

Michael Hagen Memorial Scholarship in Restorative Dentistry


This award was established by the Hamilton Dental Research Study Club and various donors in honour of
Dr. Michael Hagen who was devoted to achieving excellence. Dr. Hagen graduated from U of T in 1972
and died in 2007. This scholarship is awarded to an outstanding student in Third Year for excellence in
both theoretical and clinical restorative dentistry. The value of the award is the annual income on an
endowment of $30,000. First awarded in 2008.

International College of Dentists (Canadian Section) Scholarship


Through the generosity of the International College of Dentists (Canadian Section), an annual scholar-
ship of $1,000 and a plaque is offered. This scholarship is to the most outstanding student based on
scholastic record in Third Year and participation in extra-curricular activities. First awarded in 1956.

Dr. Howard Rocket Preventive Scholarships


These awards were established in 1998 by Dr. Howard Rocket, Class of 1972. A maximum of four awards
will be made each year; two awards to the students with the most outstanding marks in Second Year
Preventive Dentistry and two awards to the students with the most outstanding marks in Third Year
Preventive Dentistry. The value of the monetary awards will vary and will depend upon the recipients’
financial need.

Schwetz Memorial Scholarships


Income from an endowment of $7,000, established by Dr. Viola Labodowsky in memory of William
Stephen Schwetz, D.D.S, an oral surgeon on the Faculty staff until his death in 1968, generates these
awards. An award will be made annually to a Third Year student with the highest mark in Oral Surgery.
First awarded in 1979/80.

Dr. John A. Sherman Memorial Award


This monetary award was established by Mrs. John A. Sherman in memory of her late husband, Dr. John
A. Sherman, a graduate of the class of 1924, who gave great leadership to dentistry across the world and
also served the profession as an inventor of dental equipment. The winner of this award will be the
student who, having satisfactorily completed the Third Year of the course in Dentistry, is judged to be
most outstanding on the basis of academic standing (didactic and clinical), extra-curricular activities,
character and leadership qualities. First awarded in 1985.

Students-for-Students Extra Curricular Award of Excellence


This award was founded by the proceeds from Dentantics 2005 and 2006 and is awarded to a DDS third
year student or students who have promoted the collegial environment of the Faculty of Dentistry. This
contribution may include participation in a variety of extracurricular activities such as Dentantics,
student mentorship, community outreach programs and sports while still achieving a strong academic
record. First awarded in 2007.

150 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
The University of Toronto Chinese Dental Students' Association Scholarship
The University of Toronto Chinese Dental Students' Association has established a scholarship to be
awarded to the most outstanding student in Third Year in the subject of Medicine and Oral Medicine.
The award consists of the annual income from an endowment. First awarded in 1990.

Wroblewski Memorial Prize


This prize was established through the generosity of the family, friends and associates of the late P. A.
Vincent Wroblewski, D.D.S., Dip. Pedodontics. The award consists of the annual income from an
endowment and will be given to the Third Year student displaying superior ability in the field of
Pediatric Dentistry. The student's interest, attitude and conduct will also be considered in making this
award. First awarded in 1978.

Fourth Year

3M Clinical Award
To be awarded to a D.D.S. 4 student who has demonstrated excellence and superior aptitude in the
use of conservative restorative materials in the final year of the clinical undergraduate program.

John A. Bothwell Scholarship


The estate of the late John A. Bothwell, D.D.S., has provided for the establishment of a scholarship, to be
awarded every two years to the most outstanding student in clinical Prosthodontics. The value of this
monetary scholarship consists of the income generated over two-year periods from a trust fund. First
awarded in 1959.

The J. G. Bourassa Cup


The Bourassa Cup is presented annually to the most outstanding member of the graduating class in
Dentistry on the basis of academic proficiency and extra-curricular activities. It was provided by
classmates of the late Joseph Gregory Bourassa, an outstanding member of the class of 1959, who lost
his life a few months after graduation. The winner must obtain standing each year without
supplementals or conditions and have significant achievements in the field of community service or
participation in athletics and preferably both. The cup is kept permanently in the Dentistry building and
the winner receives a commemorative plaque. First awarded in 1961.

Harold Keith Box Prizes


From an endowment given by Dr. Hubert W. deRenzy in recognition of the contributions to dentistry
made by the late H. K. Box, Ph.D., D.D.S., and now co-sponsored by The Ontario Society of Periodontists,
two medals are awarded annually, to two students who are the first and second most outstanding
respectively in clinical Periodontics. First awarded in 1944.

The Canadian Academy of Periodontology Prize


The Canadian Academy of Periodontology has established an award of the value of $400 which is to be
presented to the most outstanding student in the field of clinical Periodontics. First awarded in 1971.

151 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Willa Wen-Lan Liu Chou Award
The estate of the late Willa Wen-Lan Liu Chou, D.D.S., has provided for the establishment of scholarships
to be awarded to the student with the highest overall achievement in the work of First and Second Years
and the student with the highest overall achievement in the work of Third and Fourth Years. The award
consists of the annual income to be awarded equally to a student in Second and Fourth Years. First
awarded in 1981/82.

Crown and Bridge Study Club (Toronto Academy) Scholarship


The Crown and Bridge Study Club (Toronto Academy of Dentistry) has established an award comprising
$2,000 plus a certificate to be awarded to the most outstanding student in the Crown and Bridge
component of clinical Restorative Dentistry. First awarded in 1974.

Davis Orthodontics Award


This award was established by Dr. Kevin Davis and is awarded to a Fourth Year dental student who has
an interest or shows promise in Orthodontics. Not tenable with other Orthodontic awards. First
awarded in 2006.

Dean's Gold Medal


At the Dean's discretion a gold medal will be awarded to a student with exceptional achievement
throughout the four years. First awarded in 1978/79.

The Denty/University of Toronto/Tel Aviv University Dental Student Exchange Award


This award was established by the Canadian Friends of Tel Aviv University to permit students from this
Faculty to visit the Faculty of Dentistry at Tel Aviv University in Israel. This award is to be given to
undergraduate dental students at the University of Toronto who demonstrate financial need. It is to be
used to help defray travel and living expenses while in Israel. This exchange is one of the selective
electives in the Fourth Year program and the recipients are expected to spend a month over the
Christmas break in Fourth Year at Tel Aviv University. First awarded in 1998.

Edward G. Dore Award


This award was established by friends and family in memory of Dr. Edward G. Dore, Class of 1935 and
Diplomat in Dental Oral Surgery in 1952. The income from the endowed fund will be used to purchase a
book in Oral Surgery or related field to be given to the Fourth Year student who demonstrates
excellence in clinical Oral Surgery. This award is not tenable with other awards in Oral Surgery. First
awarded in 1992.

Irwin Fefergrad Award


This award was established by Mr. I. Fefergrad and is awarded to one of the top fourth year dental
students with a strong emphasis placed on ethics from the Ethics, Jurisprudence and Practice
Administration course (DEN406Y) who through class participation has shown a community minded
ethical interest. First awarded in 2005.

152 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Dr. Paula Gregory Memorial Award
This award was established in memory of Dr. Paula Gregory, who died in 1986, by her classmates in the
Class of 1980. The monetary award is given to the graduating student who has been involved in
programs offering dental services to the under-privileged or handicapped, and who has also
demonstrated academic proficiency and involvement in extra-curricular activities during the four years
of the D.D.S. program. First awarded in 1988.

Hugh Alexander Hoskin Scholarship


This prize was established in 1954, through the generosity of friends and associates of the late Hugh
Alexander Hoskin. The award is made annually to the most outstanding student in clinical Oral
Diagnosis. The value of the award is the annual income from an endowment. First awarded in 1955.

Dr. Alan K. Joe and Family Scholarships in Orthodontics


These scholarships were established through an endowment from the Dr. Alan K. Joe Family Foundation.
There are two monetary awards and a plaque for each recipient and are to be given to two graduating
students who have shown academic excellence, aptitude and initiative in Orthodontics throughout the
undergraduate Orthodontic program. This award is not tenable with other Fourth Year awards in
Orthodontics. First awarded in 1993.

Joseph Harker Johnson Scholarship


This award was established by former students and professional colleagues "in recognition and honour of
Joseph Harker Johnson, D.D.S., formerly Professor of Oral Surgery and Anaesthesia, Librarian of the
Faculty, Curator of the Museum, distinguished author and outstanding representative of his profession."
It is awarded to the most outstanding student in clinical Oral Surgery and Anaesthesia. Its annual value is
the income from the endowment fund. First awarded in 1967/68.

Barry H. Korzen Endodontic Award


This award was established by friends and colleagues of Dr. Korzen to honour his term as Head of
Endodontics from 1978 to 1989. The annual income from the endowment fund will be awarded to the
Fourth Year student with the highest overall achievement in Second, Third and Fourth Year Endodontics.
First awarded in 1992.

Dr. Norman Levine Award in Pediatric Dentistry and Orthodontics


An endowment for this award was established upon the retirement of Dr. Levine as the first Director of
the Qualifying Program in June 2001, by his friends and colleagues. First awarded in 2002. The Qualifying
program graduated the last class in June 2007 and the award was changed to be awarded to a Fourth
Year D.D.S. graduating student with the highest cumulative standing in the didactic and clinical aspects of
third and fourth year pediatric dentistry and orthodontics. First awarded under the new terms in
2008.

S. A. MacGregor Prize
The Ontario Chapter of the Canadian Society of Dentistry for Children will award a certificate plus a
textbook chosen by the CSDC Study Club and a free 1-year membership to the Study Club in honour of S.
A. MacGregor, D.D.S., former professor of Pedodontics and Chairman of the Department, to the most
outstanding student in clinical Pedodontics. First awarded in 1969/70 and amended in 2004.

153 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Dr. Charles Hyman Moses Award
This award was established by Dr. J. H. Griss in honour of Dr. Charles Hyman Moses. A monetary award
will be awarded to the student who shows superior ability in clinical Prosthodontics. First awarded in
1988.

Dr. Michael Oliver Memorial Scholarship


An endowment for this award was established by a generous donation from the estate of the late Dr.
Oliver. Dr. Oliver was a role model for aspiring dentists and taught periodontics in our faculty from
1974-1993. He was tragically killed in a car accident in 2003. The award is for the student in fourth year
who has the most promise to contribute to research in Periodontology. This is based on summer
studentships, papers and abstracts, as well as general interest in research. First awarded in 2004.

Orthodontic Book Prize


An anonymous donor has generously provided for the annual award of a selected dental textbook to the
most outstanding student in the subject of clinical Orthodontics. First awarded in 1959.

Prosthodontics Prize
The Prosthodontics Prize, donated in 1948 by the late F. L. Cole, D.D.S., will be awarded to the most
outstanding Fourth Year student in the field of clinical Prosthodontics. The monetary award is derived
from the income from the trust fund. First awarded in 1949 and the terms revised in 1974.

Dr. Boris Pulec Implant Dentistry Scholarship


This award was established by Dr. Boris Pulec, an alumnus of the University of Toronto, Faculty of
Dentistry, a general practitioner and an active proponent of implant dentistry. The award will be
awarded to a fourth year graduating student with the highest combined academic average in the fourth
year courses in the programs of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Periodontics and Prosthodontics. First
awarded in 2006.

Maxwell Rockman Memorial Prize


In honour of the late Maxwell Rockman, D.D.S., former Chairman of the Department of Radiology, a
book is given annually by his son, Dr. P.S. Rockman. The award is based on outstanding performance in
clinical Radiology, and was first presented in 1969/70.

Lynda Sellars Award in Comprehensive Patient Care


This award was established by Ms. Corrine Sellars, daughter of Lynda Sellars, friends and colleagues in
memory of Lynda who worked in the Faculty of Dentistry, Student Services Office for 18 years. The
award will be awarded to the graduating student(s) who demonstrates the greatest overall proficiency
with respect to the assessment, planning, treatment and management of assigned patients in the multi-
disciplinary Comprehensive Care Program. First awarded in 2011.

Dr. Edward G. Sonley Book Award in Clinical Restorative Dentistry


Dr. David Gardner established this award in honour of Dr. Sonley upon his retirement as Director of
Clinics in 1997. The prize, consisting of a book to be selected by the recipient and purchased from the
annual income from the endowment, is to be awarded to the most outstanding student in the subject of
Clinical Restorative Dentistry in Fourth Year. First awarded in 1998.

154 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Paul Takahashi Scholarship
Through the generosity of Dr. Paul Takahashi, of Toronto, an annual scholarship of the income from a
trust fund is awarded to the student who is the most outstanding in clinical Periodontics. First awarded
in 1959.

Piret Truuvert Memorial Award


his award was established in memory of Dr. Piret Truuvert, who died in 1990, by her classmates in the
class of 1978. The monetary award is given to the graduating student who has the highest overall
achievement in Second, Third and Fourth Year Preventive Dentistry. The recipient will be selected on the
basis of didactic and clinical performance and extramural activities in Preventive Dentistry. First awarded
in 1991.

Bridget Wang Memorial CCP Award


Dr. Laura Tam, UofT faculty member and her family and friends established this award in memory of her
daughter, Bridget Wang, a DDS 1 UofT Faculty of Dentistry student who died tragically on December 5,
2017. To be given to the graduating student(s) who demonstrated the most outstanding combined
performance in their 3rd and 4th years of the Comprehensive Care Program at the Faculty of Dentistry
and who finished the 4th year course with exemplary standing.

Albert E. Webster Memorial Scholarship


This Scholarship was established, with funds donated by members of the dental profession, in memory
of the late Albert E. Webster, M.D., D.D.S., LL.D., a member of the staff from 1893 to 1936, and from
1915 to 1923 Dean of the School of Dentistry. The first award was made in 1940, and was for Fourth
Year students only. A bequest to the Faculty in 1990 from Dr. Howard George Lloyd to further honour
Dr. Webster permitted the extension of this award to Second Year students as well. The annual income
from the endowment fund provides two equal awards for the Second and Fourth Year students who are
the most outstanding in the subject of clinical Restorative Dentistry over First and Second, and Third and
Fourth Years respectively. First awarded under the new terms in 1991.

Dr. Horace Wells Prize


In 1951 the Canadian Oral Prophylactic Association donated the sum of $1000, together with a
completed die and gold medal, to recognize interest and accomplishment in dental anaesthesia and to
commemorate Dr. Horace Wells who introduced the clinical use of nitrous oxide. The Dr. Horace Wells
Medal will be awarded annually to the most outstanding graduating student in Anaesthesia. The first
award was made in 1951 and the name was changed from the Canadian Oral Prophylactic Association
prize to the Dr. Horace Wells Prize in 2001.

Rotating Awards for the D.D.S. Program

These awards are based on a subject chosen and announced each year by Faculty Council. The awards
are given to the most outstanding student in the subject.

Elsevier Canada Health Sciences Book Award (Varying Years)


Through the generosity of Elsevier Canada Publishing Company, a gift certificate is awarded from the
Elsevier Canada (formerly Harcourt Brace & Co.) publishing list. First awarded in 1957/58 and amended
in 2005.

155 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Royal College of Dental Surgeons Scholarship in Basic Sciences (First Year)
Through the generosity of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, an award is given in the
amount of $350. Honours’ standing is required. First awarded in 1971/72.

Summer Funding for D.D.S. Students

Dental Alumni Association Summer Student Research Award


In 1957, the University of Toronto Dental Alumni Association established a Loan Fund, which was
designed to help students in need. In 1995, this fund was converted from a loan fund to a fund to
provide support for undergraduate students to do research in the summer. It is awarded to the best
undergraduate student in the D.D.S. program who is selected for a summer student research position
and funding is provided at the same level as to other summer research students. To be considered for
this award, a student must apply for a summer student research position in the Faculty.

Dr. Robert E. Echlin Memorial Fund in Outreach Dentistry


This fund was established by Mrs. M. L. Echlin, her family and friends in memory of Dr. Robert E. Echlin.
It is intended that the annual income from the endowment be used to provide expenses (e.g., board,
lodging, travel) and a small honorarium if possible to enable the Faculty to send students to work in
underserviced areas with underprivileged people (the life-long interest of Dr. Echlin). Students will be
permitted to spend a period sometime during their third or fourth dental years with a project or
institution providing such levels of dental care.

In practice, the students spend three weeks in the summer following Third Year at Moose Factory in
Northern Ontario since the student must be supervised by a dentist recognized by the Faculty.

Students must apply for funding by January 31 each year to the Faculty Registrar in a written proposal
detailing their plans. Funding will be granted by the Faculty Council on the advice of the Undergraduate
Student Awards Committee. For further information, students should consult the Faculty Registrar.

H. M. Bradley Fund
A legacy was provided to the Faculty by the late Helen Merrill Bradley, the income from which is used for
the assistance of students registered in the Faculty of Dentistry. Income from this fund may be used to
help defray the travel expenses of undergraduates participating in an official exchange visit to an overseas
dental school, providing they are able to furnish evidence of financial need. The income may also be used
for the assistance of needy students registered in one of the Faculty's postgraduate programs who are
receiving no assistance from any other source. The fund was established and first used in session
1971/72. Application should be made to the Faculty Registrar.

C.I.H.R. Summer Student Scholarship Program


The Faculty receives a number of awards to support undergraduate students in carrying out research
projects. One of the major sources of funds is the Canadian Institutes of Health Research Summer
Student Scholarship Program, which provides financial assistance for several students to work through
the summer months in the research laboratories of Faculty members. On the basis of presentations
made by the students concerning their research, some are selected to attend various meetings of the
dental research community to present their work.

156 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
ODA Summer Research Award
An endowment for this award was established by a generous donation by the Dentistry Canada Fund on
the recommendation of the Ontario Dental Association. This will be awarded to undergraduate
student(s) at the University of Toronto in the Faculty of Dentistry undertaking summer research.

Pynn Family Travel Award


An endowment for this award was established by a generous donation by Dr. Bruce Pynn and family. Dr.
Pynn graduated in 1990 from U of T and obtained his post graduate degree in Oral and Maxillofacial
Surgery and has been working in private practice in Thunder Bay since graduation. He has always been
active in research having obtained his MSc prior to entering dental school and was fortunate to travel
extensively during his research years. Thus this award is targeted to undergraduate students to assist
travel and present their work during those formative years. This award is to be awarded annually to an
undergraduate University of Toronto, Faculty of Dentistry student or students with the strongest
scientific content at the Faculty of Dentistry’s Summer Student program presentations in August to
support travel to the IADR Conference. The amount of the award will be based on the annual income
from the fund. First awarded in 2006.

The Margaret & Clifford Zettle Award


An endowment for this award was established by a generous donation by Dr. Katherine Zettle, a graduate
of the University of Toronto’s D.D.S. program (’87) and the M.Sc. in Pediatric Dentistry program (’95) in
honour of her parents. This award will be given to two students who have successfully completed third
year of the DDS program. This award is for a one month summer elective placement for each student for
the provision and care for persons with disabilities (including geriatric care) at one of the Faculty of
Dentistry’s affiliated teaching hospitals. Payments will be matched through an expendable gift annually.

Dr. Aviv Ouanounou Student Service Learning Outreach Fund


This fund was established in 2017 by Dr. Aviv Ouanounou (0T0), Assistant Professor at the University of
Toronto, Faculty of Dentistry. It is intended that this expendable fund be used to provide expenses (e.g.,
board, lodging, travel) to enable the Faculty to send students in the fourth year of their DDS program to
work in Uganda to gain service learning experience and support the local community. Students must
apply for the program. For further information, students should consult the Program Director, Dr. Amir
Azarpazhooh.

Class of 8T2 Student Service Learning Outreach Fund


This fund was established in 2017 by the Class of 8T2. It is intended that the income generated from
this endowment be used to provide expenses (e.g., board, lodging, travel) to enable the Faculty to send
students in the fourth year of their DDS program to work in international locations to gain service
learning experience and support the local community.
Students must apply for the program. For further information, students should consult the Program
Director, Dr. Amir Azarpazhooh.

Dr. Rowshani Student Outreach Fund


This fund was established by Dr. Shervin Rowshani 1T0. It is intended that the income generated from

157 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
this endowment be used to provide expenses (e.g., board, lodging, travel) to enable the Faculty to send
students in the fourth year of their DDS program to work in international locations to gain service
learning experience and support the local community.
Students must apply for the program. For further information, students should consult the Program
Director, Dr. Amir Azarpazhooh.

Other Funding for D.D.S. Students

National Defence Dental Officer Training Plan


The Canadian Forces offers a plan to assist dental students with the costs of attending Dental School. In
addition to pay and allowances for the rank in which the student is enrolled, provision is made for
payment of tuition, instruments, supplies, and an allowance for books. To be eligible a student must be
able to meet the Canadian Forces standards for enrolment, be a Canadian citizen, and be academically
acceptable, without condition, to any one of the four professional years of the Dental Faculty. A term of
service in the Canadian Forces as a dental officer is required after graduation.

Full details of the Dental Officer Training Plan may be obtained from the Canadian Forces Recruiting and
Selection Unit, 4900 Yonge Street, Suite 600, Willowdale, Ontario, (416) 224-4015, or from the University
Liaison Officer, Canadian Forces Base Toronto, Downsview, Ontario, (416) 633-6200 Loc. 205.

Research Awards

Eleanor and Gerald Copeland Grants in Dental Research


This endowment was established by Dr. and Mrs. Copeland and matched by the Government of Ontario
pursuant to the Ontario Trust for Student Support (OTSS). It is to be awarded to University of Toronto,
D.D.S. students with a desire to work as a summer research assistant.
Tau Tau Undergraduate Research Award
The Tau Tau Chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon has established a research award to be awarded to an
undergraduate dental student who presents the best research paper or abstract and is invited to
present this paper at a North American meeting of a scientific organization. The value of the award is
the expenses incurred to a maximum of $1,000 in presenting the research paper. The winner of the
award will be selected by the Research Co-coordinator in consultation with other members of the
Faculty. First awarded in 1982.

Graduate Awards and Bursaries

Dentsply Sirona Research Fellowship in Prosthodontics


This award was established by Astra Tech, now under Dentsply Sirona. To be awarded to one or more
graduate students in the Faculty of Dentistry, Discipline of Prosthodontics based on academic merit to
support Prosthodontic research. First awarded in 2008.

Manly Badner Graduate Orthodontic Award


Donated by Dr. M. Badner, to be awarded each year to purchase a set of premium orthodontic pliers
and an appropriate plier’s holder. The recipient is a Graduate Orthodontics student completing their
final year of the program and is awarded for excellence in the clinical application of biomechanical

158 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
principles. First awarded in 2005

Gerald I. Baker Scholarship in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery


To be awarded to a graduate student in the area of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. First awarded in
2007.

H. M. Bradley Fund
A legacy was provided to the Faculty by the late Helen Merrill Bradley, the income from which is used
for the assistance of students registered in the Faculty of Dentistry. Income from this fund may be used
to help defray the travel expenses of undergraduates participating in an official exchange visit to an
overseas dental school, providing they are able to furnish evidence of financial need. The income may
also be used for the assistance of needy students registered in one of the Faculty's postgraduate
programs who are receiving no assistance from any other source. The fund was established and first
used in session 1971/72. Application should be made to the Faculty Registrar.

Eleanor and Gerald Copeland Bursary


This award is open to Canadian Citizens with Ontario residency. The award is to be given to a graduate
student on the basis of strong academic achievement and financial need, as documented in information
provided by the student.

Wilson G. Harron Trust

A bequest of $2,000,000 was made in 1989 from the estate of Mrs. Norma F. Harron as a memorial to
her late husband, Dr. Wilson G. Harron, member of the Class of 1925. The terms of the bequest were to
provide scholarships and bursaries for students in the Faculty of Dentistry. The awards established
under this trust are listed below.

1. Harron Scholarships

The Faculty of Dentistry, University of Toronto will offer scholarships each year to support students with
a demonstrated interest in pursuing research training in preparation for an academic career.

All awardees will be known as Harron scholars. The scholarship will guarantee an income of $17,000 per
annum (plus a differential fee waiver equivalent to the difference between the international and
domestic doctoral fees for an international scholar) for up to four years, contingent upon the scholar
maintaining an excellent academic performance. Further, applications may be considered for a travel
allowance, to a maximum of $2,000 per annum for presenting research papers at scientific meetings.
Carryforward to the next academic year is NOT permitted. It is required that Harron scholars compete
for funding from other sources, (O.G.S., CIHR.) for which they are eligible, in the second and continuing
years of their program. For Harron scholars who are successful in external competition, the Harron
award will be in the form of a fellowship top-up that brings the scholar up to the departmental standard
for support. The Faculty may support continuing Ph.D./Specialty students until completion of both
programs contingent upon satisfactory progress and success in external scholarship competitions.

Applicants for these scholarships will normally be to the Graduate Department of Dentistry for entry to
Ph.D. programs, to M.Sc. programs where transfer to Ph.D. program will be sought within 18 to 24

159 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
months, or be Graduate Department of Dentistry Ph.D. candidates who are currently registered in Year
1 or 2 of their Ph.D. program.

Applications for Harron Scholarships must be received by July 31 of the academic year preceding tenure
of the scholarship. Only applicants with excellent academic records will be considered. Applicants
short-listed for consideration for scholarship will normally be expected to undergo an interview. The
Graduate Department will normally approve up to four new Harron Scholars a year. However, where
funds permit, the subcommittee, at their discretion, may award additional scholarships if there are
highly deserving applicants, or may provide top-ups to help recruit/sponsor an outstanding student.

2. M.Sc. Dental Specialty Scholarship

This award category provides two annual scholarships; each valued at $12,000 to be awarded to
outstanding students entering M.Sc. Dental Specialty Programs. Each year one scholarship will be
allocated to the student with the best record in academic, research and creative activities, the other
annual award will rotate among the specialty programs and will be allocated to the student with the
best record in academic, research, and creative activities.

3. Bursary for Graduate Students

This award is open to Canadian or foreign students. The award is to be given on the basis of need, as
documented in information provided by the student.

4. Aboriginal Students

This award is open to Canadian aboriginal students (status, non-status, Metis as defined by the Federal
Government) entering or attending an undergraduate, graduate or postgraduate program in the Faculty
of Dentistry, and is to assist with the costs incurred in dental education not covered by federal grants to
aboriginal students. Renewal of the award for the duration of the program is dependent on maintenance
of satisfactory standing. Up to four awards will be made each year.

Dr. Barry Korzen Scholarship at the University of Toronto


The award was established by Dr. and Mrs. Nusbaum and family to honour Dr. Korzen for his
outstanding contributions and leadership at Head of Endodontics and Assistant Dean of the Faculty. The
award will financially support Ph.D. students with preference given to students in Endodontics.

Dr. Norman Levine Bursary in Graduate Pediatric Dentistry


This award was established in 1997 by Dr. and Mrs. Norman Levine and family. Dr. Levine, Class of 1960,
was a member of the Faculty for many years and was head of Pediatric Dentistry from 1978 to 1993.
This award is to be given to a student currently in the graduate program in Pediatric Dentistry who
demonstrates financial need and has satisfactory academic standing.

Donald Lewis Dental Public Health Student Award


This award was established by his friends and colleagues to honour the retirement of Dr. Donald Lewis
from the Faculty of Dentistry in 1997. The award is to be given to a student in the graduate program in
Dental Public Health student based on academic achievement and financial need. First awarded in 1998.

160 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
PPEF – David Locker Doctoral Scholarship in Dental Public Health
This award was established by the Estate of Dr. David Locker, who was a long time faculty member at
the Faculty of Dentistry. An internationally renowned researcher, Professor Locker was recognized for
revolutionizing the quantification of oral health and disease through his work on patient-based
measures of oral health related quality of life. It is to be awarded to Ph.D. student(s) with preference
given to students in Dental Public Health. Should there be no qualifying student(s) preference will be
given to other clinical specialties. The award will become part of the guaranteed funding package. First
awarded in 2017.

David Locker Graduate Scholarship in Dental Public Health


This award was established by the Estate of Dr. David Locker, who was a long time faculty member at
the Faculty of Dentistry. An internationally renowned researcher, Professor Locker was recognized for
revolutionizing the quantification of oral health and disease through his work on patient-based
measures of oral health related quality of life. It is to be awarded to graduate student(s) with preference
given to students in Dental Public Health based on academic merit. First awarded in 2017.

David Locker Graduate Travel Award in Dental Public Health


This award was established by the Estate of Dr. David Locker, who was a long time faculty member at the
Faculty of Dentistry. An internationally renowned researcher, Professor Locker was recognized for
revolutionizing the quantification of oral health and disease through his work on patient-based measures
of oral health related quality of life. It is to be awarded to graduate student(s) with preference given to
students in Dental Public Health for travel to conferences where the recipient is presenting a poster or
paper. First awarded in 2017.

Dr. David Mock Scholarship at the University of Toronto


The award was established by Dr. and Mrs. Nusbaum and family to honour Dr. Mock for his outstanding
contributions and leadership during his tenure as Dean of the Faculty of Dentistry from 2001-2012. The
award will financially support Ph.D. students with preference given to students in Oral Pathology and
Oral Medicine.

Howard James MacLaurin Scholarship


Through a bequest from the late Howard James MacLaurin, D.D.S., the annual income from an
endowment fund provides a monetary award to the most outstanding student in the graduate program
in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery in the year preceding the final year of the program. The award is to be
used to attend a professional or scientific meeting in the field of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.

Dr. W. Bruce and Susan Malloch Fellowships


To be awarded to graduate students on the basis of financial need. One award is designated specifically
for a Graduate Orthodontic student, and the second award is available to another graduate student
enrolled in any other Dentistry graduate program including Orthodontics. First awarded in 2006.

Constantine Maniatopoulos Graduate Scholarship


This scholarship was established to honour the memory of Dr. Constantine Maniatopoulos who
graduated from the Faculty with a Ph.D. in Biomaterials in 1988, and died suddenly in March 1989. The
annual income from the endowment will be given to the graduate student(s) presenting the best

161 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
poster(s) at the Faculty of Dentistry’s annual Research Day. First award given in 1990.

Glenn T. Mitton Medal


Presented by the Ontario Association of Public Health Dentists, this medal is awarded annually to the
student standing highest in general proficiency in the graduate program in Dental Public Health. The
award was established and first presented in the University in session 1966-67, although the Association
had privately given a Mitton medal in 1965-66.

Nobel Biocare Research Fellowship in Prosthodontics


Created by Nobel Biocare to be awarded to one or more graduate students in the Faculty of Dentistry,
Discipline of Prosthodontics based on academic merit to support Prosthodontic research. First awarded in
2008.

The Government of Ontario/Dentistry Scholarship in Science and Technology – OGSST


Two awards are currently held by the Graduate Department of Dentistry. Each award is currently valued
at $15,000 per annum. Awards to be allocated on the basis of excellence in academic and research
activities.
Dr. Michael Pharoah Graduate Scholarship in Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology
This award was established in honour of Professor Michael John Pharoah, BSc 7T1, DDS 7T5, MSc 8T4,
Diploma in Oral Radiology 8T5, in recognition of his outstanding contribution to Oral and Maxillofacial
Radiology on the occasion of his retirement from the University of Toronto, Faculty of Dentistry in 2015.
Professor Pharoah advanced the art and science of oral and maxillofacial radiology at the University of
Toronto, nationally and internationally by focusing and describing radiology characteristics based on
disease mechanisms of abnormalities of the maxillofacial bones. It is to be awarded to graduate
student(s) in Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology for academic excellence. First awarded in 2017.

Ontario Society for Preventive Dentistry – Public Health Research Fellowship


This award was established by the Ontario Society for Preventive Dentistry to support research by
graduate students in Dental Public Health. First awarded in May 2008.

Aaron L. Posen Award


Donated by Dr. A. L. Posen's friends in recognition of his service to the Faculty and his contribution to
Orthodontics, particularly through research, this award is given each year for creativity and excellence to
the most deserving of the students in the graduating class of Orthodontics.

Poyton Graduate Award for Research in Oral Radiology


This award was made possible by a generous donation from Dr. H.G. and Mrs. E.M. Poyton. The award is
given to graduate students in the M.Sc. (Oral Radiology) degree program based on academic
achievement and financial need. First awarded in 2005.

Poyton Graduate Student Bursary in Oral Radiology


This bursary was established through a generous donation from Dr. H.G. and Mrs. E.M. Poyton. The
bursary will be awarded to students in M.Sc., (Oral Radiology) degree program who are Canadian
citizens and permanent residents of Ontario on the basis of academic achievement and financial need.
First awarded in 2005.

162 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Dr. Jaroslav Sodek Memorial Award
This award was established by the University of Toronto in memory of Dr. Jaroslav Sodek who impacted
people and institutes around the world through his depth of understanding of biology, his rigorous
devotion to science, and his appreciation of the human element of the research enterprise. Dr. Sodek
was a founding member of the MRC Group in Periodontal Physiology and was an active staff member in
the Faculty of Dentistry from 1973 to his untimely death in 2007. This award is to be given to graduate
student(s) showing the most promise in biochemical sciences related to matrix biology.

The Southern Ontario Surgical Orthodontic Study Club Award


Award made possible by a donation from the Southern Ontario Surgical Orthodontic Study Club.
Awarded to the Second Year student in the graduate program in Orthodontics who gives the best
Craniofacial Morphology and Development presentation for that year.
The Javenthy Soobiah in Memory of Mr. and Mrs. Joe Soobiah/Ontario Graduate Scholarships in
Dentistry
Ms. Javenthy Soobiah made these scholarships possible by the generous donation of her home to the
Faculty of Dentistry. Three scholarships are given annually to three graduate students enrolled in full-
time graduate programs in the Faculty of Dentistry. The funding for these scholarships is shared
between the University of Toronto and the Provincial Government under the revised terms for Ontario
Graduate Scholarships effective 2001/2002.

Dr. George Vasiga Scholarship


This annual award was established in 2011 by Dr. George Vasiga, an alumnus of the Faculty of Dentistry
(DDS and Orthodontics). The award is to be given to a graduate student in Dental Public Health on the
basis of academic achievement and financial need. The recipient must meet OSST conditions.

Dentistry Graduate Student Bursary Fund


Through the generous donations of various faculty members and others, an endowment fund has been
established to provide bursaries, of varying amounts, for Graduate Students in any of the Faculty of
Dentistry’s graduate programs on the basis of financial need.

Bursaries – All Degree Programs

Some of these bursaries are awarded to students as part of a U.T.A.P.S. grant (see section for details).
Others are awarded through the Faculty of Dentistry and require a bursary application to be submitted
to the Student Services Office.

Deadlines for these bursaries will be provided to the students each year. Please note that students must
be in good academic standing to apply for bursary assistance.

The Dr. W. B. & Edna May Amy Bursary Fund


Through a generous bequest of the late Edna May Amy, degree students registered in the Faculty of
Dentistry who are in financial need may apply for bursary assistance from this fund.

BPP – Dr. Greg S. Anderson Dentistry Award


An endowment was established by a generous donation from Dr. G.S. Anderson who wanted to give

163 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
back to the Faculty of Dentistry. It is to be awarded to D.D.S. students in any year of the program on the
basis of financial need.

Dr. Aldo and Peggy Boccia Scholarship


(Any D.D.S. Year). This endowment was established by Dr. Aldo and Peggy Boccia and matched by the
Ontario Trust for Student Support (OTSS), D.D.S. students who are in financial need may apply for bursary
assistance from this fund.

Charles Hunt Scholarship


This endowment was established by Dave Hunt and matched by the Ontario Trust for Student Support
(OTSS). It is to be awarded to D.D.S. student(s) in first or second year of the program on the basis of
financial need.

BPP - Class of 6T3 Dentistry Award


This endowment was established by the Class of 1963 on the occasion of the 50th anniversary of their
graduation from the Faculty of Dentistry. It is to be awarded to D.D.S. students in any year of the
program on the basis of financial need.

Class of 7T3 Dentistry Award at the University of Toronto


This endowment was established by the Class of 1973 and matched by the Boundless Promise Program
(BPP), on the occasions of their 35th and 40th class reunions. It is to be awarded to D.D.S. students in
any year of the program on the basis of financial need.

BPP - Class of 7T9 Dentistry Student Assistance Award


This endowment was established by the Class of 1979 on the occasion of the 35th anniversary of their
graduation from the Faculty of Dentistry. It is to be awarded to D.D.S. students in any year of the
program on the basis of financial need.

Dr. H. Keith Davey 2T4 Award


This endowment was established by Dr. K.W. Davey (5T3) and matched by the Boundless Promise
Program (BPP), in memory of his father, Dr. Harold Keith Davey (DDS 2T4). It is to be awarded to D.D.S.
students in any year of the program on the basis of financial need.

Dr. Keith W. Davey 5T3 Award


This endowment was established by Dr. K.W. Davey (5T3) and matched by the Boundless Promise
Program (BPP). It is to be awarded to D.D.S. students in any year of the program on the basis of financial
need.

Dentistry Annual Fund Bursary Fund


Through the generous donations of alumni, which were then matched by the University of Toronto and
the Government of Ontario, an endowment fund has been established to provide bursaries for needy
students in the Faculty of Dentistry. First awarded in 1998.

The Robert B. Dunlop Award


This endowment was established from the estate of Robert B. Dunlop to establish bursaries in honour,of

164 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Dr. Dunlop. Dr. Dunlop taught for many years at the Faculty of Dentistry, along with 40 years in private
practice. To be awarded to D.D.S. students on the basis of financial need.

BPP – Professor Forst Fuller Scholarship


An endowment was established by a generous donation from Dr. J.T. and Mrs. M. Mayhall in memory of
Mrs. Mayhall’s father. It is to be awarded to (a) full-time, undergraduate student(s) at the University of
Toronto, Faculty of Dentistry on the basis of financial need and academic merit with a preference for a
student in second year.

BPP-Valerie Stavro Student Bursary


The bursary was established by Dr. Valerie Stavro (D.D.S. 8T4), past UofT Dentistry Alumni Board
President and long-time instructor in dentistry in memory of her late father, Chris Stavro. It is to be
awarded to a full-time, undergraduate student in the Faculty of Dentistry on the basis of financial need.

BPP-Zettle Family Boundless Award in Dentistry


This endowed award was established by Dr. Katherine Zettle, a graduate of the University of Toronto’s
D.D.S. program (’87) and the M.Sc. in Pediatric Dentistry program (’95). To be awarded to (a) full-time,
undergraduate student(s) at the University of Toronto, Faculty of Dentistry on the basis of financial need
and academic merit.

Gina Furtado Memorial Bursary


This award was established by Alda Furtado in loving memory of her daughter Dr. Gina Furtado who
tragically passed away in 2006. Dr. Furtado graduated from U of T with a B.Sc. degree in 1991 and
received her DDS from New York University in 1995. Dr. Furtado believed in giving back to her
community and her family and her mother are continuing this tradition. To be awarded to one or more
students in any year of study on the basis of financial need.

Dr. Thomas Howard Graham Bursaries


The estate of Ms. Audrey Graham, who passed away in 2003, donated an endowment to establish
bursaries in honour of her father, Dr. Thomas Howard Graham, a 1909 D.D.S. graduate. To be awarded
to D.D.S. students on the basis of financial need. First awarded in 2008.

The Dr. Harry Jolley Bursary


The Dental Service Associates Volunteers of Mount Sinai Hospital have established this bursary in
honour of Dr. Harry Jolley. It is awarded to a student with demonstrated financial need who has
performed satisfactorily in the D.D.S. program to date. Preference will be given to a student who has
shown a special interest in community service. First awarded in 1988.

Dr. James Kerr/Oral Health Award


This endowment was established by Oral Health Magazine in honour of Dr. James Kerr (D.D.S. 6T6). It is
to be awarded to D.D.S. students in any year of the program on the basis of financial need.

Dr. L.W. Leake Bursary


This award was established by Dr. J. Leake, family and friends to honour the memory of Dr. Lawson
Leake, who graduated from the University of Toronto in 1934. To be awarded to a student in any year of
the D.D.S. program on the basis of financial need. First awarded in 2005.

165 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Hugh MacKay – Dental Emergency Bursary
This endowment was established by the Dental Emergency Service and matched by the Boundless
Promise Program (BPP). It is to be awarded to full-time D.D.S. students in any year on the basis of
financial need.

Dr. Nicholas A. Mancini Bursary


This endowment was established by Dr. Nicholas A. Mancini and matched by the Ontario Trust for
Student Support (OTSS). Dr. Mancini graduated from U of T in 1945 with a B.A. He also served as
Chairman of the board of the ODA from 1969-96 and was appointed Chair Emeritus for life in
recognition for his contributions.
The CDA recognized his years of service with Honorary Membership. The annual income of the
endowment is to be awarded to D.D.S. students on the basis of financial need.

Lisa Montanera Bursary at the University of Toronto


This endowment was established by Dr. and Mrs. Montanera, family and friends and matched by the
Boundless Promise Program (BPP), in memory of Lisa, a warmhearted and caring D.D.S. student who
passed away unexpectedly during her second year. It is to be awarded to D.D.S. students in any year of
the program on the basis of financial need.

BPP - ODA Boundless Promise Dentistry Award


An endowment was established by a generous donation by the Dentistry Canada Fund on the
recommendation of the Ontario Dental Association. It is to be awarded to D.D.S. students in second,
third or fourth year of the program on the basis of financial need.

ODA Student Bursary


This endowment was established by the Ontario Dental Association (ODA) and matched by the Ontario
Trust for Student Support (OTSS). Bursaries are to be given to D.D.S. students on the basis of financial
need.

Poyton Graduate Student Bursary in Oral Radiology


This bursary was established through a generous donation from Dr. H.G. and Mrs. E.M. Poyton. The
bursary will be awarded to students in M.Sc., (Oral Radiology) degree program who are Canadian
citizens or permanent residents of Ontario on the basis of academic achievement and financial need.
First awarded in 2005.

The Ontario Dental Association Bursaries


The Ontario Dental Association each year provides $1000 for bursaries, which are, awarded to students
in any year of the course whose academic standing, is satisfactory and who have demonstrated financial
need.

Dr. Victor C. Stanziani Dentistry Award


This endowment was established by Mr. J. Stanziani and family and matched by the Boundless Promise
Program (BPP), in loving memory of Dr. V.C. Stanziani (D.D.S. 5T8). It is to be awarded to D.D.S. students
in any year of the program on the basis of financial need.

166 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Tomkins Family Award in Dentistry
This endowment was established by Mr. and Mrs. Tomkins and matched by the Boundless Promise
Program (BPP), in honour of their daughter, Dr. J.L. Tompkins (DDS 8T1) association with the Faculty of
Dentistry. It is to be awarded to D.D.S. students in any year of the program on the basis of financial
need.

John Flewelling West Bursary


This gift from the estate of the late John Flewelling West, is awarded annually to the student or students
in any year of the Faculty of Dentistry who demonstrate serious financial need and who are deserving of
assistance. The bursary is the annual. First awarded 1977/78.

University of Toronto Bursaries


Bursary assistance is available from a general University fund. The Faculty application form is used for
assessment purposes.

Bursary for Aboriginal Students in the D.D.S. or Graduate Programs

Gladys Watson Education Fund


To be awarded to Aboriginal students, including Status, Non-Status, Métis and Inuit students, enrolled in
graduate programs at the master’s or doctoral level, and second-entry programs. All Aboriginal students
in these programs are eligible to apply, full-time and part-time, with preference given to those students
who demonstrate financial need. Eligible students should submit a letter of application listing their
estimated costs and sources of funding to First Nations House, Office of Aboriginal Student Services and
Programs, 563 Spadina Avenue, Toronto, Ontario, M5S 1A1 by April 30th. Enquiries: please call (416)
978-8227 or (416) 978-7960.

Loan Funds

The University of Toronto Alumni Association Loan Fund


This fund comes from subscriptions received originally from graduates of the University and is
administered by the University of Toronto Alumni Association. Loans are available to undergraduate and
graduate students enrolled in a full-time course at the University, in second and subsequent years.
Funds are available for emergency purposes only. Particulars may be obtained from the Secretary of the
Loan Committee, Alumni House, 47 Willcocks Street, Toronto, Ontario M5S 1A1 (Telephone 978-2366).

Ontario Student Assistance Program (O.S.A.P.)

Full-time Students

The Ontario Student Assistance Program (O.S.A.P.) is available to Ontario residents who are Canadian
citizens or permanent residents to assist with educational and living expenses. (Please note that students
in self-funded programs such as the International Dentist Advanced Placement Program are not eligible for
O.S.A.P.) O.S.A.P. loans are interest-free and non-repayable while the student remains enrolled in full-
time studies. The Loan Forgiveness Program provides partial forgiveness of loans at graduation for
students who have incurred large debt loads.

Information concerning the eligibility and assessment criteria may be obtained from Enrolment Services,

167 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Financial Aid, 172 St. George Street, University of Toronto (416) 978-2190. Application forms are
available from the Faculty and Enrollment Services. It is recommended that returning students apply for
O.S.A.P. assistance by May 31 and that new students apply by June 30.

Students from other Canadian provinces should apply through their provincial financial aid authority.
Admissions and Awards can provide addresses, and in many cases, application forms.

Ontario Work-Study Plan

This program is funded by the University and the Ministry of Education and Training, and provides on-
campus, part-time employment to students with financial need in second year or higher. Eligibility
information and applications are available from Enrolment Services.

Ontario Bursary for Students with Disabilities

Non-repayable assistance of up to $2000 is available for full-time and part-time O.S.A.P. recipients who
have special educational expenses as a result of a disability. Information and applications are available
from Admissions and Awards.

Ontario Child Care Bursary


This O.S.A.P. bursary assists married and sole-support parents with the costs of unsubsidized child care.
Applicants must have qualified for O.S.A.P. and can be enrolled in either full-time or part-time studies.
Information and applications are available from Admissions and Awards.

Professional Line of Credit

Most lending institutions offer a professional line of credit. You may go to any lending institution offering
professional lines of credit to secure your funding. Scotiabank is the preferred provider for the University
of Toronto, specifically the branch at Queen and McCaul, 222 Queen Street West, Toronto. However, we
encourage you to shop around and find the best deal for you. Contact the Student Services Office for
further information about these loans.

Annual Fees 2017-18

The fees quoted below are for guidance. Fees Invoices for the session are available from the School of
Graduate Studies (for graduate programs) and from the Fees Department of the University for all other
programs. Fees must be paid at chartered banks. For further details check the Fees website
at www.fees.utoronto.ca.

168 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Doctor of Dental Surgery

First Year

Academic fee 37,380.00

Non-academic incidental fees 1,274.82

Dental Instruments* 9,026.00

Total fee payable 47,680.82

Second Year

Academic fee 37,380.00

Non-academic incidental fees 1,274.82

Dental Instruments* 7,150.00

Total fee payable 45,804.82

Third Year

Academic fee 37,380.00

Non-academic incidental fees 1,274.82

Dental Instruments* 4,231.00

Total fee payable 42,885.82

Fourth Year

Academic fee 37,380.00

Non-academic incidental fees 1,274.82

Dental Instruments* 2,570.00

Total fee payable 41,224.82

169 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
* A portion of the instrument fees consists of optional charges for phantom heads, models and laundry
service. See the Fees Guide for exact amounts

The academic fees listed above are for domestic students only. International students are occasionally
accepted to the DDS program and the academic fee differs by year:

DDS I $74,380.00
DDS II $72,310.00

DDS III $72,310.00

DDS IV $72,310.00

A fee of $1,274.82 is charged for non-academic incidental fees along with the
corresponding fee for Dental Instruments. The University Health Insurance premium of
$612.00 is also charged to international students.

170 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
International Dentist Advanced Placement Program in Dentistry (2017)

Academic fee 46,099.00

Non-academic incidental fees* 687.41

Dental instruments** 10,436.00

Total fee payable 56,396.41

* estimated for 2017 based on 2016 fees.

** A portion of the instrument fees consists of optional charges for phantom heads, models
and laundry service. See the Fees Guide for exact amounts.

Graduate Students

For information on fees for all M.Sc./Ph.D. graduate programs in Dentistry see the University of Toronto
Student Accounts Website: http://www.fees.utoronto.ca/

Postgraduate Students

Residencies in General Dentistry – Registration fee is $700.00

Special students - The fees are based on academic activity—the registration fee is $700.00 plus dental
instrument fees where applicable.

Notes:

1. The University reserves the right to alter the fees and other charges described in this calendar.

2. (a) The Academic Fee includes tuition, and library and laboratory supply and service.

(b) The Incidental Fee includes the following charges: Students' Administrative Council or Graduate
Students' Union; Athletics; Health Services; Dental Students' Society or Graduate and Postgraduate
Students' Society; Hart House.

(c) The Instrument Fee includes the following charges as appropriate: purchase and rental of instruments,
equipment and materials; clinic wear, masks and gloves; required course manuals; laundry service.

3. Students are required to pay either the Total Fee for the session, or at least the First Installment, on
or before the day of registration.

4. Tuition fees for all sessions must be paid at the bank. The Fees Department will not accept payments
in person or by mail.

5. For further information concerning payment by OSAP, University awards, outside awards, etc. see the
University's Schedule of Fees.

171 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
6. Service Charges. All outstanding fees, regardless of the source of payment, are subject to a service
charge of 1.5% per month compounded (19.56% per annum) calculated from the 15th of each
month. Please refer to:
http://www.fees.utoronto.ca/Assets/Student+Accounts+Digital+Assets/2016+2017+Fall+Winter/serv
ice_charge.pdf for dates.

7. A student who has not paid his/her total fee at the opening of the session is required to pay the
second installment on or before the opening day of the second term. After the 15th of the month in
which the second term starts, a penalty will be imposed.

8. Tuition Fee Certificates (T2202A) may be downloaded by students via ROSI but will include only
payments made in the previous calendar year.

9. The University of Toronto no longer mails paper invoices throughout the session. Students are
expected to monitor their account on the Student Web Service at www.rosi.utoronto.ca.

10. Supplemental Examination fee is $70 for each paper. Supplemental preclinical evaluation fee is $70
per subject. Each student requiring a supplemental examination or evaluation must pay the appropriate
fee.

11. UHIP A University Health Insurance premium (U.H.I.P.) is charged to international students. This fee
also applies to international students exempt from the international student academic fee.

172 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Academic Rules and Regulations

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Dress and Decorum

Professionalism is the standard of attitude, behavior, dress and decorum befitting the members of a
professional and distinguished group, which has been given by society the responsibility of regulating
itself. In subscribing to these standards, the Faculty has established dress and decorum codes to help
students mature as professionals. Clean lab coats are to be worn in laboratories while performing
laboratory procedures. For simulated clinical procedures on phantom heads in the lab, the same dress
code as for clinics applies. This consists of a clean, full scrub suit with long sleeves and a white t-shirt
underneath. Scrub suits are not to be worn outside of the Faculty. Appropriate footwear is required and
does not include sandals, open-toed shoes or running shoes. Jogging shoes with stripes or logos on them
are not permitted. Shoes may have a cushioned sole but must be solid white. Polished leather shoes are
also suitable. Any hairstyle is permitted provided it is neat and clean, and not in a style that may hinder a
student's performance, cause the patient discomfort or impair proper infection control. Long hair should
be tied back in clinical and laboratory areas. Beards are permitted; however, if a full beard is not worn,
then the student must be clean-shaven except for a moustache or goatee. Nametags are to be worn in all
labs and clinics. No gum chewing is allowed. Further details are listed in the clinic manual that is given to
each student.

Health Protection Requirements

Prior to their first Registration in the Faculty, all accepted applicants will be required to provide
documentary proof of a current Tuberculin Test and/or negative chest x-ray, as well as current
immunization against Rubella, Tetanus, Polio and Hepatitis B. As a condition of enrolment in the
program students are expected to comply with these requirements as detailed in the instructions
included in the offer of admission.

As well, each year all returning students must submit a current Tuberculin Test Report prior to
registration.

Under certain circumstances, the Faculty may have a duty to report disease, and in the case of a
communicable disease, a Medical Officer of Health may be empowered to make an order requiring a
student to isolate him/herself in such a manner as not to expose another person to infection. An order
of this kind would seriously disrupt the student's program of study.

Participation in Laboratory Testing

At various stages of the teaching programs there are occasions when biochemical, physiological or
pharmacological observations are made by students on themselves or on fellow-students. These

173 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
exercises include some diagnostic or immunization procedures in common use. Unless some valid
reason exists, students are expected to participate in such exercises.

If any investigative work involving student participation does not form part of the teaching programs,
participation is entirely voluntary.

Personal Property

Students are required to report promptly at the Student Services Office, the loss or discovery of any
articles in or about the Faculty buildings. Students should take advantage of locker facilities available.
However, the Faculty will not accept any responsibility whatever for books, instruments, clothing,
equipment or personal belongings lost on or removed from the Faculty.

STUDENT RECORDS

Personal information

Personal information provided at the time of admission is verified and brought up to date at the time of
registration in subsequent sessions. This information is a vital part of the student's official University
record and is used to issue transcripts, graduation information, diplomas and other official documents.
The University is also required by law to collect certain information for the Federal and Provincial
Governments, this is reported only in aggregate form and is considered confidential by the University.

Any change in the following must therefore be reported immediately to the Faculty Registrar or the
Associate Dean, Graduate Education, as appropriate:

1. Legal name change with supporting documents

2. Permanent or home address and telephone number

3. Sessional address and telephone number

4. Social Insurance Number

5. Citizenship status in Canada

6. Marital status

Transcripts

For information on how to order a transcript please visit the Transcript Centre’s website:
http://www.transcripts.utoronto.ca/.

Transfers and Withdrawals

A student who wishes to withdraw from the Faculty or to change his/her course or Division in the
University should consult the Faculty Registrar or the Associate Dean, Graduate Education.

174 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Student Indebtedness

The University's Policy on Academic Sanctions for Students who have Outstanding University Obligations
supports the principle that academic sanctions should be applied by divisions of the University to
students who are in debt to the University. The following is a list of recognized University obligations for
students of the Faculty of Dentistry:

 tuition fees

 academic and other incidental fees

 residence fees and other residence charges

 library fines

 Bookstore accounts

 loans made by colleges, faculties or the University

 Health Service accounts

 unreturned or damaged instruments, materials and equipment

 orders for the restitution, rectification or the payment of damages, fines, bonds for good
behavior, and requirement of public service work imposed under the authority of the Code of
Student Conduct.

The following academic sanctions will be imposed on students who have outstanding recognized
University obligations:

1. Official transcripts of record will not be issued.

2. Registration will be refused to a continuing or returning student.

Please note that payments made by continuing or returning students shall be applied, firstly to out-
standing University debts and secondly, to current fees.

Petitions

A student has the right to petition Faculty Council on any matter affecting his/her academic standing;
he/she should consult the Faculty Registrar about the preparation and submission of his/her petition.
Petitions for consideration with regard to final or supplemental examinations on account of illness, or
other causes beyond the student's control must be filed with the Faculty Registrar on or before the last
day of the appropriate examination period. In the case of illness, a University of Toronto Medical
Certificate should be filed with the petition. In the case of other causes, any relevant documentary
evidence should be filed.

175 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
Undergraduate Course and Program Appeals

1. Students may appeal to the Undergraduate Appeals Committee such decisions as have been
made by a Standing Committee of Faculty Council or other academic entity of the Faculty.

2. Structure:

(a) The Undergraduate Appeals Committee has been established as the formal structure within the
Faculty for the hearing of appeals. Within the Faculty, the final decision on an appeal rests with this
Committee which reports to Faculty Council for information.

(b) A subsequent right of appeal is to the Academic Appeals Committee of the Governing Council. Such
appeals must be filed within ninety days of the communication in writing of the decision of the Faculty
appeal.

(c) The Committee is composed of 5 members; 4 voting members who are either faculty members or
students, and a non-voting Chair. The Committee must include at least 2 students and at least 3
members must be members of Faculty Council.

(d) For an appeal to be successful it must receive at least a majority of the votes of the voting
Committee members. (Tie votes indicate the failure of the appeal.)

3. Procedures:

(a) If an appeal is contemplated, the student should consult the Faculty Registrar about the preparation
and submission of the appeal.

(b) An appeal to the Undergraduate Appeals Committee must be filed with the secretary of the
Committee (secretary to the Dean) within 14 days of the communication of the decision that is being
appealed. The appeal shall: i) be in writing; ii) state the nature and grounds for the appeal, iii) be
accompanied by any documents that will be used in support of the appeal and iv) indicate if the
Appellant will be represented by counsel. Any further documents to be filed at the hearing must, at the
latest, be furnished to the Committee two weeks before the hearing.

(c) Except in unusual circumstances, the appeal must be preceded by a submission of a petition to the
appropriate Standing Committee of the Faculty (see 1 above). In the absence of a petition, permission to
submit an appeal may be granted nonetheless by the Appeals Committee at the hearing of the appeal.
In such a case, the reason(s) for the failure to submit a petition must be stated in the appeal and must
be considered justified by the Committee in order for the appeal to proceed.

(d) A date, time and place will be set for the appeal to be heard and the Appellant will be notified as well
as provided with any available information about the general format and procedures of the Committee.

(e) Students have the right to appear before the Undergraduate Appeals Committee, with or without
legal counsel. If students intend to be accompanied by counsel this must be communicated at the time
of submission of the appeal. If the Appellant, legal counsel or representatives of the Faculty do not
attend the meeting, the Committee may proceed in their absence.

176 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
(f) Student have the right to call evidence and present arguments in person and/or through legal
counsel.

(g) The Undergraduate Appeals Committee’s written decision, together with a concise but complete
statement of the reasons for the decision, will be sent to the appellant.

Appeals regarding School of Graduate Studies Courses and Programs

Graduate students may dispute substantive or procedural academic matters, including grades,
evaluation of comprehensive examinations and other program requirements; decisions about the
student’s continuation in any program or concerning any other decision with respect to the application
of academic regulations and requirements to a student.

In the case of dispute, students must first attempt to resolve the matter with the Instructor or other
person whose ruling is in question. Should the matter not be resolved with the Instructor, and should
the student wish to pursue the matter, the student must discuss the matter with the Graduate
Coordinator or Associate Dean of Graduate Education.

Should such discussions fail to resolve the matter, the student may make a formal appeal in writing to
the Graduate Department Academic Appeals Committee (GDAAC). The student must complete a Notice
of Appeal to the GDAAC; a copy of this Notice is available from the Graduate Coordinator or Associate
Dean, Graduate Education. This form must be completed and delivered to the Associate Dean of
Graduate Education or the Chair of GDAAC within the specified timeline of 8 weeks from the date of the
decision under appeal. The Chair of the Committee will determine, at his or her sole discretion, whether
the appeal will proceed by way of an oral hearing and/or written submissions. In either case, the
conclusion of the hearing and/or review of the written submissions, the GDAAC will make a
recommendation to the Associate Dean of Graduate Education regarding the merits of the appeal. The
Associate Dean of Graduate Education will then render the Department-level appeal decision.

The student may appeal the decision of the Associate Dean, Graduate Education by filing a Notice of
Appeal to the SGS Graduate Academic Appeals Board (GAAB) within 8 weeks of the decision of the
Associate Dean of Graduate Education.

This policy appears in the SGS General Regulations section of the 2017-18 edition of the SGS Calendar.

177 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9
REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

As members of the University of Toronto community, students assume certain responsibilities and are
guaranteed certain rights and freedoms.

The University has several policies that are approved by the Governing Council and which apply to all
students. Each student must become familiar with the policies. The University will assume that he or she
has done so. The rules and regulations of the Faculty are listed in this calendar. In applying to the
Faculty, the student assumes certain responsibilities to the University and the Faculty and, if admitted
and registered, shall be subject to all rules, regulations and policies cited in the calendar, as amended
from time to time.

All University policies can be found at: http://www.governingcouncil.utoronto.ca/policies


Those which are of particular importance to students in the Faculty of Dentistry are:

Policy on Access to Student Academic Records

Code of Behaviour on Academic Matters

Code of Student Conduct

Standards of Professional Practice Behaviour for all Health Professional Students

Policy on Official Correspondence with Students

Policy on Academic Sanctions for students who have Outstanding University Obligations

Provosts Memorandum on Conflict of Interest and Close Personal Relations


More information about students’ rights and responsibilities can be found at:
http://life.utoronto.ca/get-help/rights-responsibilities.htm

178 | F A C U L T Y O F D E N T I S T R Y A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R 2 0 1 8 – 2 0 1 9

You might also like